Canon_Printer_1016B002

How to use this manual

Introduction

How to use this manual

About This User Manual

???Symbols

The following symbols are used in this User Manual to indicate safety information and explanations on restrictions or precautions in use.

???Button names and user interface elements

Key and button names on the control panel and user interface elements in software (such as menus and buttons) are indicated as follows in this User Manual.

???Part Names

Names of printer parts are indicated as follows in this User Manual.

Introduction 1

How to use this manual

???Cross-reference

Other pages or manuals that provide related information are indicated as follows in this User Manual.

???Figures and software screens

???Figures in this User Manual may be different from the actual appearance of the printer in some cases.

???Screens depicted in this User Manual for the printer driver or other software may be different from the actual screens because of subsequent updates.

???Windows XP screens are used in explanations of Windows operations in this User Manual.

???Trademarks

???Canon, the Canon logo, and imagePROGRAF are trademarks or registered trademarks of Canon Inc.

???Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.

???Macintosh is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. in the United States and other countries.

???Other company and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

???Copyright

??2007 Canon Inc.

???Unauthorized reproduction of this User Manual in whole or part is prohibited.

???May we request

Thank you for understanding the following points.

???The information in this User Manual is subject to change without notice.

???We strive to ensure accuracy of information in this User Manual, but if you notice errors or omissions, please contact us.

2 Introduction

How to use this manual

Viewing Videos of Explanations

To view videos related to topic pages, click the View Video button. The video will play in a separate window. This way, you can learn by watching demonstrations of the actual procedures.

Video Requirements: In Windows, Adobe Flash Player must be installed to view the videos. If it is not installed, download it by clicking the following URL. http://www.adobe.com/products/???ashplayer/

Note that this URL is subject to change. If you cannot access this URL, download Adobe Flash Player by visiting the main Adobe website and navigating to the appropriate page.

Introduction 3

How to use this manual

4. Access the printing dialog box as follows, depending on your computer???s operating system.

???Windows

In Windows, right-click anywhere in the explanation area except on a ???gure or a link. In the shortcut menu, click Print to display the Print dialog box.

???Macintosh

On a Macintosh computer, click anywhere in the explanation area except on a ???gure or a link while holding the Ctrl key. In the shortcut menu, click Print Frame to display the Print dialog box.

6 Introduction

Printer parts

Printer Parts

Printer parts

Front

a.Top Cover

Open this cover to install the Printhead and remove any jammed paper from inside the printer, as needed. (???P.10)

b.Paper Tray Cover

Open this cover to load sheets in the Top Paper Feed Slot. (???P.11)

c.Roll Feed Unit

Load rolls in this unit. You can also load sheets in this unit manually.

d.Roll Paper Unit Cover

Open this cover to load rolls. (???P.12)

e.Control Panel

Use this panel to operate the printer and check the printer status. (???P.15)

f.Ejection Guide

Supports paper as it is ejected to prevent it from rising.

g.Output Tray ( Front Paper Feed Slot )

All printed documents are ejected to the output tray. Also, use this slot when loading heavyweight paper. (???P.11)

h.Cutter Unit

A round-bladed cutter for automatic cutting of roll paper. The cutter is retracted inside when not cutting.

i.Maintenance Cartridge

Absorbs excess ink.

j.Ink Tank Cover

Open this cover to replace Ink Tank. (???P.14)

8 Printer Parts

Printer parts

k.Stand

A stand on which the printer is installed. Equipped with casters so that the printer can be easily moved.

l.Output Stacker

Printed documents are ejected into the output tray. The Output Stacker (???P.171) can hold one sheet.

Back

a.Expansion Board Slots

For installing an IEEE 1394 (FireWire) expansion board, as desired.

b.USB Port

Connect a USB cable to this port. This port is compatible with High Speed USB 2.0.

c.Ethernet Port

Connect an Ethernet cable to this port.

d.Power Supply Connector

Connect the power cord to this connector.

e.Carrying handles (at six positions)

When carrying the printer, hold it by these handles under both sides.

Printer Parts 9

Printer parts

Top Cover (Inside)

a.Carriage

Moves the Printhead. It serves a key role in printing. (???P.13)

b.Carriage Shaft

The Carriage slides along this shaft.

c.Paper Retainer

Important in supplying the paper. This retainer holds paper as it is fed.

d.Platen

The Printhead moves across the platen during printing. Vacuum holes on the platen hold paper in place.

e.Borderless Printing Ink Grooves

For catching ink outside the edges of paper during borderless printing.

f.Cleaning Brush

When cleaning inside the printer under the Top Cover, use this brush to sweep away paper dust on the Platen.

g.Linear Scale

The linear scale serves a key role in detecting the Carriage position. Be careful not to touch this part when cleaning inside the Top Cover or clearing paper jams.

10 Printer Parts

Printer parts

Tray Feed Area

a.Tray Extension

When loading sheets on the tray, open the Paper Tray Cover before opening the tray.

b.Width Guide

When loading the sheets , move the guide to match the paper size.

c.Top Paper Feed Slot

When loading sheets, insert them here.

d.Front Paper Feed Slot ( Output Tray )

When loading heavyweight paper, insert it here. Also, all printed documents are ejected from this slot.

e.Front Tray Guides

Lift all of the guides before printing on heavyweight paper. When feeding heavyweight paper, rest the sheet on these guides, align it to the right, and insert the leading edge up to the Paper Alignment Line.

f.Paper Alignment Line

When loading heavyweight paper, ensure the paper edge is parallel to this line.

Printer Parts 11

Printer parts

Ink Tank Cover (Inside)

a.Ink Tank

Cartridges of ink in various colors.

b.Ink Tank Lock Lever

A lever that locks the Ink Tank in place and protects it. Open or close the lever when replacing an Ink Tank.

c.Ink Lamp (Red)

Indicates the state of the Ink Tank as follows when the Ink Tank Cover is opened.

???On

On: The Ink Tank is installed correctly.

???Off

Off: No Ink Tank is installed, or the ink level detection function is disabled.

???Flashing Slowly Not much ink is left.

???Flashing Rapidly There is no ink left.

a.Ink Color Label

Load an Ink Tank corresponding to the color and name on these labels.

b.Ink Set

An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer (???P.613) is labeled with a white letter ???H??? in a black circle on the side. When purchasing an Ink Tank, make sure an ???H??? is printed on the label.

14 Printer Parts

Printer parts

Control Panel

a.Data lamp (Green)

???Flashing

During printing, the Data lamp ???ashes when the printer is receiving or processing print jobs. Otherwise, this lamp ???ashes when the printer is paused or updating the ???rmware.

???Off

There are no active print jobs when the Data lamp is off.

b.Message lamp (Orange)

???On

A warning message is displayed.

???Flashing

An error message is displayed.

???Off

The printer is off or is operating normally.

c.Paper Source Section

After you press the Feeder Selection button, the lamp for your chosen paper source is lit.

1. Roll Media lamp (Green) (Rolls)

???On

Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source.

???Off

Shows whether the Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot is selected as the paper source.

2.Cut Sheet lamp (Green)

???On

Shows whether the Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot is selected as the paper source.

???Off

Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source.

d.Display Screen

Shows the printer menu, as well as the printer status and messages.

e.Color Label

These labels indicate the Ink Tank colors and names. The labels correspond to the ink levels on the Display Screen.

Printer Parts 15

Printer parts

f.Online Button

Switches the printer online and of???ine. (???P.26)

???On (Green)

The printer is online.

???Flashing

The printer is recovering from Sleep mode.

???Off

The printer is of???ine.

g.Feeder Selection Button

Switches the paper source. Each time you press this button, the paper source switches between roll feed (when the paper source is a roll) and sheet feed (when the paper source is the Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot ). The corresponding lamp in the paper source section is lit.

h.Menu Button

Displays the main menu of the printer. (???P.49)

i.Information Button

Displays printer submenus. Press this key to display information about ink, paper, and so on. (???P.61)

You can also hold down this button for three seconds to clean the Printhead ( Head Cleaning A ).

j.??? Button

Menu mode: Press this button to display the menu one level higher.

When you are entering numbers, the button moves the cursor to the next digit. The instructions can be paused when [??? Pause] is displayed.

When [??? Back] is displayed, you can access the previous instruction screen.

k.??? Button

Of???ine mode: Press this button to rewind rolls manually. (???P.126)

Menu mode: Press this button to display the previous menu item or setting value.

l.??? Button

Menu mode: Press this button to display the menu one level lower.

When [Fwd ???] is displayed, you can access the next instruction screen.

m.??? Button

Of???ine mode: Press this button to feed roll paper manually. (???P.126)

Menu mode: Press this button to display the next menu item or setting value.

n.OK Button

In menu mode, press this button to con???rm or execute the selected item or setting.

At other times, pressing this button enables you to access the next screen after following the instructions on the Display Screen.

o.Power Button

Turns the printer on and off. (???P.19)

p.Load/Eject Button

You can check instructions on loading, replacing, and removing paper. Instructions for loading or replacing paper are shown on the Display Screen if pressed when no paper is loaded, and instructions for removing paper are shown if paper is loaded.

16 Printer Parts

Control Panel

Turning the Printer On and Off

Turning the printer on

1. Press the Power button to turn on the printer. The printer will now start up.

After the Display Screen shows the Canon logo, Starting up... Please wait. is displayed.

2. The printer goes online in preparation for printing after startup, and the Online lamp and paper source section lamp remain lit.

The printer will not go online in the following situations. Take action as needed.

???The Top Cover is open Close the Top Cover.

???The Ink Tank Cover is open Close the Ink Tank Cover.

???The Printhead is not installed

Please see ???Replacing the Printhead???. (???P.625)

???Ink Tank is not installed

Please see ???Replacing Ink Tanks???. (???P.614)

??????ERROR??? is shown on the Display Screen

Turn off the printer and contact your Canon dealer.

???The Online lamp and Message lamp are not lit (even once), and nothing appears on the Display Screen

Make sure the printer is plugged in correctly. Check the connection at the plug and electrical outlet.

Printer Parts 19

Control Panel

???No paper is loaded

Load paper. (???P.80) (???P.85)

Important

???Starting the printer when it is connected via the USB cable to a Macintosh computer that is off may cause the computer to start up at the same time. To prevent this, disconnect the USB cable before starting the printer. Connecting the printer to the computer via a USB hub may solve this issue.

Turning the printer off

Important

??? Never turn the printer off or unplug it during a print job. This could damage the printer.

1.Make sure no print jobs are in progress.

If the Message lamp is ???ashing, check the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary. (???P.689)

If the Data lamp is ???ashing, the printer is receiving a print job. Turn off the printer only after printing is ???nished.

2. Hold down the Power button for more than a second.

After Shut Down.. Please Wait.. is shown on the Display Screen, the printer shuts off.

20 Printer Parts

Control Panel

Printer Modes

Printer modes are classi???ed as follows and described in this topic.

???Modes (???P.21)

???Mode transition (???P.22)

???Online, and state of the Control Panel (???P.23)

???Of???ine, and state of the Control Panel (???P.24)

???Menu mode, and state of the Control Panel (???P.25)

???Submenu mode, and state of the Control Panel (???P.25)

Modes

The printer has ???ve modes as follows:

???Online

The printer is ready to receive jobs sent from the computer. Jobs sent from the computer are processed immediately. If jobs are received in other modes, they are printed the next time the printer goes online.

???Of???ine

Any jobs sent from the computer are held without being processed. While the printer is of???ine, you can feed or cut roll paper manually.

The printer goes of???ine automatically if jobs cannot be processed, such as if errors occur.

???Menu mode

Menus are displayed on the printer, and you can select, set, or execute menu items. Any jobs sent from the computer are held without being printed.

???Submenus

Submenus are displayed regarding ink and paper information. Jobs can be received and printing is possible while submenus are displayed and the printer is online. In other modes, any jobs sent from the computer are held without being printed while submenus are displayed.

???Sleep mode

The printer is in power-saving mode. The printer automatically enters Sleep mode to conserve power if it is idle for a speci???c period (by factory default, ???ve minutes), that is, if no print jobs are received or buttons are pressed while all covers are closed.

You can specify the period before the printer enters Sleep mode in the Sleep Timer menu. (???P.49) If any print jobs are received when the printer is in Sleep mode (after it was originally online), the printer goes online and prints the jobs.

Printer Parts 21

Control Panel

Mode transition

The printer mode transitions are as follows:

*1: When submenus are displayed, you can press any button other than the Information button to return to the previous mode.

*2: The printer automatically enters Sleep mode if it is idle for a speci???c period (by factory default, ???ve minutes), that is, if no print jobs are received or buttons are pressed while all covers are closed. However, it does not enter Sleep mode while error messages are displayed.

*3: In Sleep mode, the printer can be restored to the previous state by pressing any button. Sleep mode is also terminated if a print job is received or a command is issued from RemoteUI.

*4: The menu of options available during printing can be displayed by pressing the Online button to pause printing and then pressing the Menu button.

22 Printer Parts

Control Panel

Online, and state of the Control Panel

Display Screen

???Top Level of the Display Screen

The printer status is displayed here. The selected paper source is indicated by an icon in the upper-right corner.

Any warning messages are displayed here on lines 2-4. Take action as needed. (???P.689)

???Middle Level of the Display Screen

The ???rst and second lines display the paper type and size.

???Bottom Level of the Display Screen

Here, the remaining ink level is indicated. (???P.620)

Control Panel

??? Online lamp (???P.15)

Lit when the printer is online.

??? Data lamp (???P.15)

Flashes when print jobs are being received or processed.

??? Message lamp (???P.15)

Lit when warning messages are displayed.

Printer Parts 23

Control Panel

Of???ine, and state of the Control Panel

Of???ine

Display Screen

??? Display Screen

The printer status is displayed here. The selected paper source is indicated by an icon in the upper-right corner.

Any warning messages are displayed here on lines 2-4. Take action as needed. (???P.689)

???Middle Level of the Display Screen

The ???rst and second lines display the paper type and size.

???Bottom Level of the Display Screen

Here, the remaining ink level is indicated. (???P.620)

Control Panel

??? Message lamp (???P.15)

Lit when warning messages are displayed.

Error Messages

24 Printer Parts

Control Panel

Switching to Menu Mode

Press the Menu button to display the main menu.

Depending on the status, the printer switches to Menu mode as follows.

Press the Information button to display the submenus.

Press the Information button to display the Maintenance Cartridge capacity and remaining ink levels, as well as information on the loaded paper and the printer. Press the Information button repeatedly to change the information displayed. (???P.61)

Press any button other than the Information button to restore the previous mode.

After you display a submenu, the printer will revert to the previous mode in about ten seconds if no print job is received or if you do not operate the printer.

Note

???You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more. (???P.624)

28 Printer Parts

Control Panel

Printer Menu Operations

For instructions on selecting menu items, see ???Main Menu Operations???. (???P.30) For details on menu levels and menu items, see ???Menu Structure???. (???P.35) The printer menu structure is made up of a main menu and submenus.

Access the main menu by pressing the Menu button on the Control Panel. The principal settings available in the main menu are as follows:

???Paper Settings

Specify the type and size of paper.

???Print Settings

Adjust or clean the Printhead, or adjust the paper feed amount.

???Printer Settings

Con???gure the network settings, set the sleep timer, and specify the unit of measurement on the display.

Note

???By default, main menu settings apply to all print jobs. However, for settings that are also available in the printer driver, the values speci???ed in the printer driver take priority.

Access the submenu by pressing the Information button on the Control Panel. You can check the following information in submenus.

???Ink levels

???Maintenance Cartridge capacity

???Size and type of paper that is selected

???Amount of roll paper left

Printer Parts 29

Control Panel

Main Menu Operations

Press the Menu button to display the main menu. For details, see ???Main Menu Settings???. (???P.49)

??? Main menu when no print job is in progress

??? Main menu during printing

Note

???The main menu will not be displayed in the following cases even if you press the Menu button.

???An error message is displayed

You can access the Menu mode after you have solved the problem.

???Pressing the Menu button when printing is paused (because you have pressed the Online button) displays main menu items that are available during printing.

To access each function menu from the main menu, and set or execute menu items, use buttons on the Control Panel.

The following section describes menu operations and how they are presented in this User Manual.

???Accessing Menus (???P.31)

???Specifying menu items (???P.32)

???Specifying numerical values (???P.33)

???Executing menu commands (???P.34)

30 Printer Parts

Control Panel

Accessing Menus

Printer menus are grouped by function.

Menus are displayed with the upper line selected. Use the buttons on the Control Panel to access each menu.

???Press ??? to access a higher menu in the menu list, and press ??? to access a lower one. If items of the menu list are more than the lines of the screen, press ??? and ??? to scroll the menu. If you navigate to the lowest-level menu and press the ??? button again, the display switches to the top-level menu screen. If you navigate to the top-level menu and press the ??? button again, the display switches to the lowest-level menu screen. Items you select are highlighted.

The scroll bar at right indicates the current position in the overall menu.

???To access these lower level menus, select a menu and press ???.

???To return to upper level menus, press the ??? button.

Printer Parts 31

Control Panel

Specifying menu items

Follow the steps below to specify menu items.

1. Press ??? or ??? to select a menu, and then press the ??? button. Repeat these steps until the desired menu options are displayed.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select the desired setting, and then press the OK button. The check box at left is selected, and the setting is con???rmed.

After two seconds, the display reverts to the upper level menu.

3. Press the Online button to bring the printer online.

Note

???If a con???rmation message is displayed regarding the setting you entered, press the OK button. The setting is applied, and the printer goes online.

32 Printer Parts

Control Panel

Specifying numerical values

Follow the steps below to enter numbers for items such as network settings.

1. Press ??? or ??? to select Interface Setup, and then press the ??? button.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select TCP/IP, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select IP Setting, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select IP Address, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to move the cursor (_) to each ???eld for entering numbers.

6. Press ??? or ??? to select the number, and then press the OK button.

Note

???Hold down ??? or ??? to increase or decrease the value continuously.

???Make sure the IP address you enter for the printer is not the same as any computer IP address in your network.

7.Repeat steps 2 and 3 to continue entering numbers.

8.Press the Online button to bring the printer online.

Note

???If a con???rmation message is displayed regarding the setting you entered, press the OK button. The setting is applied, and the printer goes online.

Printer Parts 33

Control Panel

PhotoPlusSemiGl

(*5)

Syn. Paper (*5)

Adh. Syn. Paper

(*5)

Backlit Film (*5)

BackprintFilm (*5)

Flame-Res.Cloth

(*5)

ThinFab.Banner2

(*5)

Proo???ng Paper

(*5)

News Proof 1 (*5)

News Proof 2 (*5)

FineArt Photo (*5)

FneArt HW Photo

(*5)

FineArt Txtr (*5)

FineArt Wtrclr (*5)

FineArtBlockP (*5)

Canvas Matte2

(*5)

JPN Paper Washi

(*5)

Colored Coated

(*5)

CAD Trace Paper

(*5)

CAD Matte Film

(*5)

POP Board (*5)

Special # Here, the number is 1-10 (*5)

Manual PaperSize ISO A1

ISO A2+

ISO A2

ISO A3+

ISO A3

36 Printer Parts

Control Panel

Plain Paper HG

(*5)

Recycled Coated

(*5)

Coated Paper (*5)

HW Coated (*5)

Ex HW Coated (*5)

Premium MatteP

(*5)

Glossy Photo (*5)

Semi-Gl Photo (*5)

HW GlossyPhoto2

(*5)

HW SemiGlPhoto2

(*5)

Poster Semi-Gl

(*5)

SatinPhoto 190

(*5)

Syn. Paper (*5)

Adh. Syn. Paper

(*5)

Backlit Film (*5)

BackprintFilm (*5)

Flame-Res.Cloth

(*5)

ThinFab.Banner2

(*5)

Proo???ng Paper

(*5)

News Proof 1 (*5)

News Proof 2 (*5)

FineArt Photo (*5)

FneArt HW Photo

(*5)

FineArt Txtr (*5)

FineArt Wtrclr (*5)

FineArtBlockP (*5)

Canvas Matte2

(*5)

38 Printer Parts

Control Panel

*1: Available only if a roll is loaded.

*2: Available only if Chk Remain.Roll is On.

*3: Available if Feed Priority is Automatic or Print Length.

*4: Not displayed if IP Mode is Manual.

*5: For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108) The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is updated when you install the printer driver from the User Software CD-ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Con???guration Tool. See the Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Macintosh).

*6: Not displayed if NetWare is Off.

*7: Not displayed if Auto Detect is On.

*8: Follows the setting in Date Format.

*9: Available after you have used Advanced Adj. in Auto Head Adj. once.

*10: Not displayed if IP Mode is Automatic.

*11: Follows the setting in Length Unit.

*12: Select Yes to restore Paper Details to the factory default values. Any paper type settings you have changed on the Control Panel of the printer are restored to the original values when you install the printer driver from the User Software CD-ROM or if you update paper information by using the Media Con???guration Tool.

Caution

???Only the following menus are displayed during printing.

???Menu Durng Prtng

If you press the Online button while printing to pause printing and then press the Menu button,

Head Cleaning, Fine Band Adj., and Information are displayed.

46 Printer Parts

Control Panel

Submenu Display

Press the Information button to display this information, one after another: the Maintenance Cartridge capacity and remaining ink levels, paper information, and printer information.

Each time you press the Information button, the following submenus are displayed.

Note

???Press any button other than the Information button to restore the previous mode.

???After you display a submenu, the printer will revert to the previous mode in about ten seconds if no print job is received or if you do not operate the printer.

Remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and ink levels

The remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is shown on the top level of the Display Screen.

The remaining level of each ink is shown on the bottom level of the Display Screen. Ink levels shown on the Display Screen correspond to the inks identi???ed by the color labels on the bottom of the Display Screen. These symbols may be displayed above the ink level: ???!??? if ink is low, ???????? if no ink is left, and ??????? if you have deactivated ink level detection.

Remaining ink is indicated as follows.

Information of the loaded paper

Here, the paper size, type, and related printer settings are displayed.

Printer information

Displays the ???rmware version, serial number, MAC address, IP address, and interface information.

Printer Parts 61

Control Panel

Status Print

You can print a Status Print report indicating the current status of the printer.

With Status Print, information is printed regarding the printer ???rmware version, various settings, and the utilization level of consumables.

Printing Status Print Reports

1. Load paper.

If using sheets, load paper A4/Letter-sized. You will need at least four sheets.

2. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Test Print, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Status Print, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button.

Checking the information in the Status Print report

The following information is included in the Status Print report.

62 Printer Parts

Optional accessories

Roll Holder Set

A set of parts including a Roll Holder, Holder Stopper (for 2- and 3-inch paper cores), 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment, and Spacer for Borderless Printing (used for both 2- and 3-inch paper cores).

To load a roll with a 3-inch paper core, insert the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment on the Roll Holder and attach the Holder Stopper for 3-inch paper cores. If you use an A1 (594 mm [23.4 in]) roll or A2 (420 mm [16.5 in]) roll for borderless printing, insert the Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder.

???Roll Holder Set RH2-24

???Roll Holder

???Holder Stopper (for 2- and 3-inch paper cores (a) and (b))

??? 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment

??? Spacer for Borderless Printing

For instructions on installing these parts, see ???Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder???. (???P.144)

70 Printer Parts

Printer Speci???cations

Speci???cations

Important

???This information is subject to change as the printer is updated.

???The following values may vary depending on the operating environment.

Printer

*1: The printer uses a trace amount of power even when turned off. To stop all power consumption, turn off the printer and unplug the power cord.

*2: Normally, you will need to ensure an unobstructed space of 800 mm (31.5 in) in front of the printer, 300 mm (11.8 in) behind, 150 mm (5.9 in) on both sides, and 300 mm (11.8 in) above the printer. Only when printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot, leave 1,300 mm (51.2 in) of unobstructed space in front of the printer and 700 mm (27.6 in) behind it.

72 Printer Parts

*1: Use in USB 2.0 High Speed mode requires the following environment:

???Computer: USB 2.0 High-Speed-compatible

???Operating system: Windows

Vista/Windows Server 2003/Windows XP/Windows 2000 or Mac OS X ver. 10.3.3 or later

???USB 2.0 driver: Microsoft

USB 2.0 driver (available from Windows Update or the Service Pack.)

???USB cable: Certi???ed USB 2.0 cable

*2: One IEEE 1394 (FireWire) expansion board can be installed.

*3: In the European Union, use a shielded LAN cable to comply with EN 55022: 1998 +A1: 2000 and A2: 2003.

Printer Parts 73

Printer Speci???cations

Print Area

A margin required by the printer is added with respect to the size of paper loaded in the printer. Except in borderless printing, the actual printing area corresponds to the paper size minus the space for this margin.

Sheets

???Printable Area:

Printing from the Top Paper Feed Slot requires a margin of 3 mm (0.12 in) on all sides. (A bottom margin of 23 mm [0.9 in] may sometimes be required.) The bottom margin is 23 mm for some types of paper. For more information, see the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108)

When printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot, a margin of 23 mm (0.9 in) on all sides is required.

???Recommended print area:

A margin of 20 mm (0.79 in) on top, 27 mm (1.06 in) on bottom, and 5 mm (0.20 in) on left and right sides is required.

Note

???Printable area: The area that can be printed.

???Guaranteed Print Area: We recommend printing within this area.

???To print so that your original matches the print area exactly, use an oversized paper size that includes the required margin. (???P.277)

???You can choose a bottom margin of 3 mm or 23 mm when printing from the Top Paper Feed Slot. In the printer driver, choosing Manual in Media Source sets the bottom margin at 23 mm. On the other hand, choosing Manual (3mm margins) in Media Source sets the bottom margin at 3 mm, which provides a larger area for printing.

However, the option Manual (3mm margins) is not available with the following paper.

???Fine Art Photo Paper

???Fine Art Heavyweight Photo Paper

???Fine Art Textured Paper

???The types of paper listed above may be updated, in some cases. For details on paper types, see the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108)

???If you set the bottom margin at 3 mm, images in the bottom margin may be distorted. In this case, choose Manual in Media Source to set the bottom margin at 23 mm.

78 Printer Parts

Printer Speci???cations

Rolls

???Printable Area:

A margin of 3 mm (0.12 in) on all sides is required. During borderless printing, the margin on all sides is 0 mm. For information on paper compatible with borderless printing, see the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108)

???Recommended print area:

A margin of 20 mm (0.79 in) on top, 5 mm (0.20 in) on bottom, and 5 mm (0.20 in) on left and right sides is required.

Note

???Printable area: The area that can be printed.

???Guaranteed Print Area: We recommend printing within this area.

???To print so that your original matches the print area exactly, use an oversized paper size that includes the required margin. (???P.277)

Printer Parts 79

Printing procedure

Basic Printing Work???ow

Printing procedure

Loading and Printing on Rolls

These are the basic steps for loading and printing on rolls.

Follow the steps below to switch to a new roll or a roll of a different type or width before printing.

Note

???If a sheet is loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot, remove it before this procedure. (???P.146)

???Before printing banners or other long documents, spread a clean cloth or paper on the ???oor or use the Output Stacker to prevent the printed surface from becoming dirty from the ???oor after printing.

???If you will wait for the ink to dry after printing and simply eject the document, you can deactivate automatic cutting and print a cut line instead. (???P.129)

1.Turn the printer on. (???P.19)

2. Select roll paper as the paper source. (???P.115)

80 Basic Printing Work???ow

Printing procedure

7. Complete settings in the printer driver for the type of paper and other details.

???Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows) (???P.93)

???Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X) (???P.95)

???Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9) (???P.97)

Important

???Always specify the same type and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver.

If the type and size do not match, an error message will be displayed and printing is not possible.

???Papr Size Mismatch (???P.692)

???Papr Type Mismatch (???P.691)

???Paper Mismatch (???P.691)

Basic Printing Work???ow 83

Printing procedure

8. Start printing.

???Printing from Windows (???P.88)

???Printing from Mac OS X (???P.89)

???Printing from Mac OS 9 (???P.91)

Note

???Steps 5 and 6 are not required, if a barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper. The paper type and amount of paper left are automatically detected.

???Keeping a roll in the printer for a long time without printing on it may leave a depression on the leading edge.

When printing quality is most important, we recommend setting TrimEdge Reload to On or Automatic so that the paper edge is automatically cut before printing.

???For details on supported sizes and types of the roll that can be loaded, see Paper Sizes (???P.113) or the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108)

???Clean the platen after you have used up a roll. (???P.640)

???When a roll has been advanced, do not pull it out by force. This will prevent the paper from being advanced.

If you accidentally pull out the paper, hold the Load/Eject button to enable feeding again. (???P.122)

???When printing on rolls after printing on sheets, if the lit paper selection lamp does not switch from the

Cut Sheet lamp to the Roll Media lamp, press the Feeder Selection button.

84 Basic Printing Work???ow

Printing procedure

Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot

These are the basic steps for loading sheets in the paper feed slot and then printing from this slot. Follow the steps below to load and print on sheets in the paper feed slot.

Note

???If a roll is loaded, rewind the roll before this procedure. (???P.146)

1.Turn the printer on. (???P.19)

2. Complete settings in the printer driver for the type and size of paper and other details.

???Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows) (???P.93)

???Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X) (???P.95)

???Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9) (???P.97)

Basic Printing Work???ow 85

Printing procedure

3. Send the print job.

???Printing from Windows (???P.88)

???Printing from Mac OS X (???P.89)

???Printing from Mac OS 9 (???P.91)

4.Load sheets manually. (???P.156) (Top Paper Feed Slot)

(Front Paper Feed Slot)

Note

???If you will load a sheet before sending a print job, you must select the type and size of paper in advance on the printer Display Screen. Follow these steps.

???Selecting the Paper Type (Sheet) (???P.162)

???Selecting the Paper Size (Sheet) (???P.163)

Start printing.

Note

???For details on supported sizes and types of the paper that can be loaded in the tray, see Paper Sizes (???P.113) or the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108)

86 Basic Printing Work???ow

Printing procedure

Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets

The printer supports both rolls and sheets. Take advantage of each type of paper for a wide range of printing applications.

Rolls and Sheets

???Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media.

Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets.

???Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes. Sheets are loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot. Heavyweight paper is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot.

Paper Size

???Page Size: The size of the image to be printed, as speci???ed in the application.

???Paper Size (also called Media Size):

???In the case of sheets, paper size refers to the actual size of the paper loaded in the printer.

???In the case of rolls, paper size is an imagined size set as the printing area for a single page.

Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets

Important

???If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, be sure to attach the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. If you print without attaching it, the Platen may be soiled, which may cause ink to adhere to the unprinted side of the paper. (???P.144)

Basic Printing Work???ow 87

Printing procedure

Printing from Windows

Print from the application software menu.

Important

???The Windows printer driver can be used in the following versions of Windows:

???Windows 2000 (Professional or Server)

???Windows XP (Home Edition or Professional)

???Windows Server 2003 (Standard Edition)

???Windows Vista

???We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing. Running several applications while printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality.

1.In the application software, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions.

2.After con???rming that the printer is selected in the dialog box, click Print or OK to start printing.

Note

???The appearance of the dialog box varies depending on the application software. In most cases, the dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer, specify the range of pages, number of copies, and so on.

Example: Print dialog box displayed by the application software

Note

???If another printer is selected, select the printer you want to use under Select Printer or in the dialog box displayed after clicking Printer.

Settings for many printing methods (including enlarged or reduced printing, borderless printing, and so on) are displayed in the printer driver dialog box. There are two ways to access the printer driver dialog box, as follows:

???From the application software (???P.473)

???From the operating system menu (???P.149)

88 Basic Printing Work???ow

Printing procedure

Printing from Mac OS X

Print from the application menu after registering the printer.

Important

???We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing. Running several applications while printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality.

Registering the printer

Before printing, you must register the printer in Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ).

For instructions on registering the printer, see ???Con???guring the Printer Driver Destination (Macintosh)???. (???P.573)

Important

???During this setup process, the printer will not be listed among available printers if it is off or disconnected.

???By factory default, the AppleTalk protocol is disabled on the printer. You must enable the AppleTalk protocol before using the printer in an AppleTalk network. For instructions on activating AppleTalk protocol, see ???Con???guring the Destination for AppleTalk Network (Macintosh)???. (???P.574)

Note

???When registering the printer, choose USB if the printer is connected via USB, Canon FireWire(iPF) if connected via IEEE 1394, or AppleTalk, Canon IP(iPF), or Bonjour if connected via a network.

???For Canon IP(iPF) connections, enter the printer???s IP address.

Basic Printing Work???ow 89

Printing procedure

Printing from the application software

1. In the application software, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing

conditions.

Note

???This dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer, specify the range of pages, number of copies, and so on.

2.Select the printer in the Printer list.

3. Click Print to start printing.

As shown in the following illustration, you can switch to other panes in this dialog box to complete settings for various methods of printing, including enlarged and reduced printing, borderless printing, and so on.

90 Basic Printing Work???ow

Printing procedure

Printing from Mac OS 9

After selecting the printer in Chooser from the Apple menu, print by using menus in the application software.

Important

???We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing. Running several applications while printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality.

Selecting the printer

Before printing, you must con???rm that the printer is selected in Chooser.

For instructions on selecting the printer, see ???Con???guring the Printer Driver Destination (Macintosh)???. (???P.573)

Important

???During this setup process, the printer will not be listed in Chooser if it is off or disconnected.

???By factory default, the AppleTalk protocol is disabled on the printer. You must enable the AppleTalk protocol before using the printer in AppleTalk network. For instructions on activating AppleTalk protocol, see ???Con???guring the Destination for AppleTalk Network (Macintosh)???. (???P.574)

Note

???In Chooser, choose GARO Printer Driver.

???In Destination, choose USB if the printer is connected via USB, FireWire if connected via IEEE 1394, or AppleTalk, IP Print, or IP Print (Auto) if connected via network.

???If the printer is connected via AppleTalk, click Active under AppleTalk in the lower-right corner of the Chooser window.

???If the printer is connected via IP Print, click Registering IP Address under the Destination list to register the printer???s IP address, and then click IP Print.

Basic Printing Work???ow 91

Printing procedure

Printing from the application software

1. In the application software, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing

conditions.

Note

???This dialog box includes basic printing options for the range of pages, number of copies, and so on. You can also specify enlargement or reduction, borderless printing, and a variety of other print settings.

2.Make sure the printer is selected in the Printer list.

3. Click Print to start printing.

92 Basic Printing Work???ow

Printing procedure

Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows)

If you have replaced the paper, you must complete the following settings in the printer driver.

Important

???Always specify the same type and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver.

If the type and size do not match, an error message will be displayed and printing is not possible.

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.

5. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

6. In the A Page Size list, select the size of the original as speci???ed in the application.

7. In the L Media Source list, select how paper is supplied.

Basic Printing Work???ow 93

Printing procedure

Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X)

If you have replaced the paper, you must complete the following settings in the printer driver.

1. Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Access the Main pane.

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.

Basic Printing Work???ow 95

Printing procedure

8. Access the Page Setup pane.

9. In the A Media Source list, select how paper is supplied.

10. If you have selected Cut Sheet or Manual in AMedia Source, make sure the size as selected in

Page Setup is displayed in C Page Size. If you have selected Roll Paper in A Media Source, make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width.

Note

???If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information.

Note

???A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications. For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.492)

96 Basic Printing Work???ow

Printing procedure

Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9)

If you have replaced the paper, you must complete the following settings in the printer driver.

1. Select the printer in Chooser.

2. Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.

Basic Printing Work???ow 97

Printing procedure

8. Access the Finishing pane.

9. In the A Media Source list, select how paper is supplied.

10. If you have selected Roll Paper in A Media Source, make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width.

Note

???If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information.

Note

98 Basic Printing Work???ow

Canceling print jobs

Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel

Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel print jobs or ink drying in progress when the printer is online, of???ine, or in Menu mode.

Printer operation varies depending on the status when you hold down the Stop button for a second or more during printing.

???If you press the Stop button before printing starts

Holding down the Stop button for a second or more before printing cancels the print job and brings the printer online.

When the roll is selected as the paper source, the printer goes online, and when sheet is selected, the printer goes of???ine.

???If you press the Stop button during printing

Holding down the Stop button for a second or more during printing stops printing immediately.

Basic Printing Work???ow 99

Canceling print jobs

Canceling Print Jobs from Windows

You can cancel print jobs in the printer window.

1. Click the printer icon in the taskbar to display the printer window.

Note

???You can also display this window by double-clicking the printer icon in the Printers and Faxes (or Printers ) folder, accessible through the Windows start menu.

2.Choose Cancel All Documents in the Printer menu to stop the print processing.

To cancel print jobs from the Control Panel, follow these steps.

1. If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data lamp continues ???ashing, hold down the Stop button for a second or more to stop printing.

Basic Printing Work???ow 101

Canceling print jobs

Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X

You can cancel print jobs in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor.

1. Click the printer icon in the Dock to display the printer window.

2. Click Stop Jobs to stop printing.

In this window, you can cancel jobs sent to the printer.

Note

???The print job is displayed on the printer???s screen during the transmission of print data from the computer. When the transmission is completed, the job is not displayed even during printing.

3.Click Utility to display imagePROGRAF Printmonitor.

Basic Printing Work???ow 103

Canceling print jobs

4. Select the print job to cancel and click the Cancel Job button to remove the print job.

The job sent to the printer is canceled.

Note

???The print job is displayed on the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor window while the printer receives the print data from the computer. It is not displayed before transmission of print data to the printer, even if the computer has started the process of the data.

5.Exit imagePROGRAF Printmonitor. In the printer window, click Start Jobs.

Important

???Always follow these steps if you cancel print jobs. If you do not restart job processing, the next job cannot be printed.

To cancel print jobs from the Control Panel, follow these steps.

1. If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data lamp continues ???ashing, hold down the Stop button for a second or more to stop printing.

104 Basic Printing Work???ow

Canceling print jobs

Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS 9

How to cancel print jobs varies depending on whether you are printing in the foreground or background.

Canceling background print jobs

1. Open the Garo Printer Extra folder, which was installed on the hard disk at the same time as the printer driver.

2. Open imagePROGRAF Printmonitor.

3. Choose Pause Printing in the File menu to stop print processing.

The job status changes from Sending to Send.

4. Select the print job to cancel and click the Cancel Job button to remove the print job.

5. Choose Resume Printing in the File menu.

Important

???Always follow these steps if you cancel print jobs. If you do not restart the print queue, the next job cannot be printed.

Basic Printing Work???ow 105

Canceling print jobs

To cancel print jobs from the Control Panel, follow these steps.

1. If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data lamp continues ???ashing, hold down the Stop button for a second or more to stop printing.

Canceling foreground print jobs

1. When the progress indicator is displayed, hold down the Command key and press the period

(.)key to cancel print jobs.

2.If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data lamp continues ???ashing, hold down the Stop button for a second or more to stop printing.

106 Basic Printing Work???ow

Paper

Handling Paper

Paper

The printer supports the following types of paper.

Paper Type

For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108)

Paper Size

Note

???Paper quality varies among manufacturers. Before buying paper, contact the Canon dealer where you purchased the printer.

Handling Paper 107

Paper

Types of Paper

For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide . This guide identi???es supported plain paper, coated paper, photo paper (such as glossy photo paper), proo???ng paper, CAD paper, and other types of paper. The Paper Reference Guide identi???es types and speci???cations of paper, as well as information on printer driver settings and tips on handling paper.

You can update paper information in the Paper Reference Guide , on the printer Control Panel, and in the printer driver by downloading the latest version of the Media Con???guration Tool from the imagePROGRAF website.

Note

???The media types with "???" marked in the product name are those speci???ed as genuine Canon media. For other media, please contact the respective media manufacturer after reading the instruction manuals supplied with the media.

Viewing the Paper Reference Guide

You can access the Paper Reference Guide as follows. Follow the steps for your particular operating system.

???Windows

1.Double-click the iPFxxxx Support icon on the desktop. (Here, iPFxxxx represents the printer model.)

The online support window is displayed.

2.Select Paper Reference Guide.

108 Handling Paper

Paper

Updating paper information

You can update paper information in the Paper Reference Guide and on the printer by downloading the latest version of the Media Con???guration Tool from the imagePROGRAF website. For information about the Media Con???guration Tool, see the Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Macintosh).

Follow these steps to access the imagePROGRAF website.

Important

???When you update paper information by using the Media Con???guration Tool, the paper type setting on the Control Panel, in the printer driver, and in related software is updated.

???Windows

1.Double-click the iPFxxxx Support icon on the desktop. (Here, iPFxxxx represents the printer model.)

The online support window is displayed.

2.Select Stay Informed.

The default browser is started, and the imagePROGRAF webpage is displayed.

Handling Paper 111

Paper

???Mac OS X

1.Click the iPF Support icon in the Dock.

The online support window is displayed.

2.Select Stay Informed.

The default browser is started, and the imagePROGRAF webpage is displayed.

Note

???In Windows, you can also access the imagePROGRAF webpage by clicking the start menu, selecting Programs > iPFxxxx Media Con???guration Tool (here, iPFxxxx represents the printer model) > iPFxxxx Media Con???guration Tool to start the Media Con???guration Tool, and clicking Extra Information.

???On a Macintosh computer, you can also access the imagePROGRAF website from the Finder by selecting Applications (in Mac OS X or OS 9) > Canon Utilities > iPFxxxx Media Con???guration Tool (here, iPFxxxx represents the printer model) > MCTxxxx to start the Media Con???guration Tool and then clicking Extra Information.

112 Handling Paper

Paper

Rolls

Rolls that meet the following conditions are supported.

???Outer diameter: up to 150 mm (6 in)

???Inner diameter of paper core: 2 or 3 inches

???Printing side out

*1: For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing, refer to the Paper Reference Guide (???P.108)

*2: Requires the Spacer for Borderless Printing.

Note

???In the printer driver, paper sizes are categorized into groups based on the ???size system,??? such as ISO A and JIS. In Windows and Mac OS 9, some size systems are not available by default.

???For details on non-standard Custom Media Size, see ???Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes???. (???P.331)

???Borderless printing is not supported on sheets.

114 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

Selecting the Roll as the Paper Source

You can switch the paper source between the roll and the sheet by pressing the Feeder Selection button. Each time you press this button, the paper source switches between the roll (indicated by the Roll Media lamp ) and the sheet (indicated by the Cut Sheet lamp ).

Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the Roll Media lamp (a).

Caution

???Paper jams may occur if you load paper other than the paper speci???ed in the paper settings for the media source.

Note

???You cannot switch the paper source in the following situations:

???If the Message lamp is ???ashing

Check the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary. (???P.687)

???If the Data lamp is ???ashing

Select the paper source after printing.

???If a printer menu operation is in progress

Select the paper source after the menu operation.

???When in the process of loading paper

Finish loading the paper before selecting the paper source.

???When in the process of replacing Ink Tanks

Finish replacing the Ink Tanks before selecting the paper source.

???If the Top Cover is open

Close the Top Cover before selecting the paper source.

After you select the roll as the paper source, a message is displayed instructing you to load the roll. At this point, load the roll. (???P.119)

Note

???If any paper is loaded that will not be used, remove it before loading the roll. (???P.122)

(???P.164)

Handling Paper 115

Handling rolls

Loading Rolls on the Roll Paper Holder

Note

???For details on supported sizes and types of the roll that can be loaded, see Paper Sizes (???P.113) or the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108)

???Align the edges of the paper on both ends of the roll.

???If the edge of the roll is bent or soiled, use the Paper Cutting operation of the printer to cut the edge of the paper manually. (???P.129)

???If the paper is badly creased or bent, cut the edge of the roll with scissors before loading the roll in the printer, and then cut the edge of the paper manually using the Paper Cutting operation of the printer. (???P.129)

???To load a roll with a 3-inch paper core, insert the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment on the roll holder and attach the 3-Inch Paper Core Holder Stopper. (???P.144)

???If you use a roll A2 or larger for Borderless Printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder.

Follow the steps 3 and 4 below.

1. Remove the Holder Stopper from the Roll Holder.

2. With the Roll Holder sideways and the edge of the roll paper facing forward as shown, insert the roll in the Roll Holder from the left. Insert the roll ???rmly until it touches the ???ange (a) of the Roll Holder.

116 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

Important

???Always put the Roll Holder sideways when loading rolls. If you accidentally load a roll when the Roll Holder is upright, it may damage the Roll Holder.

???Set the roll on a table or other ???at surface so that it does not roll or fall. Rolls are heavy, and dropping a roll may cause injury.

3.Insert the Holder Stopper from the left in the Roll Holder as shown, pushing it ???rmly in until the ???ange (a) of the Holder Stopper touches the roll.

Important

???Insert the roll ???rmly until it touches the Holder Stopper. If it does not touch the stopper, feeding problems may occur.

Handling Paper 117

Handling rolls

Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder

Remove the Holder Stopper from the Roll Holder.

Remove the roll from the Roll Holder.

Important

???After removal, store the roll in the original bag or box, away from high temperature, humidity, and direct sunlight. If paper is not stored properly, the printing surface may become scratched, which may affect the printing quality when you use it again.

Note

???How to remove the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment : (???P.144)

???How to remove the Spacer for Borderless Printing : (???P.144)

118 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit

1. Open the Roll Paper Unit Cover.

2. With the edge of the roll paper facing up toward you, insert the Roll Holder shaft into the guide grooves (a) of the Roll Holder Slot on both sides. Make sure that the colors of the Roll Holder shaft ends (b) and the guide grooves match.

Caution

???Be careful not to pinch your ???ngers between the guide grooves (a) and the Roll Holder shaft

(b) when loading rolls.

Note

??? If it is dif???cult to load rolls from the front, load them from behind the printer.

Handling Paper 119

Handling rolls

3. Insert the edge of the roll paper into the Paper Feed Slot (a) and feed it manually until you hear the paper feed tone.

Important

???Be careful not to soil the printing surface of roll paper as you pull it out. This may affect the printing quality. We recommend wearing clean cloth gloves when handling rolls to protect the printing surface.

???If the paper is wrinkled or warped, straighten it out before loading it.

???Load paper straight so it is not fed askew.

The printer now starts advancing the paper.

120 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

4. Specify the type and length of the paper.

How the printer operates after the paper is fed varies depending on the setting for automatic detection of the remaining roll paper, as well as the barcode printed on rolls.

Close the Roll Paper Unit Cover.

If the edge of the roll is bent or soiled, cut the edge of the paper.

1.Press the Online button to bring the printer of???ine.

2.Press ??? or ??? to feed the roll paper to the position for cutting.

3.Select Yes in Paper Cutting on Printer Menu, and then press the OK button. (???P.129)

Handling Paper 121

Handling rolls

Removing Rolls from the Roll Feed Unit

Caution

???If you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper, always follow these steps to remove rolls. You will be unable to manage the amount of roll paper left if you remove the roll before the barcode is printed.

Important

???When a roll has been advanced, do not pull it out by force. This will prevent the paper from being advanced, and you will be unable to manage the amount of roll paper left.

If you accidentally pull out the paper, hold down the Stop button to enable feeding.

1.Press the Load/Eject button.

A con???rmation message is displayed regarding removal of the roll.

2. Press the OK button.

The roll can now be removed.

Note

???If you need to cut the roll, select Paper Cutting and cut the roll at the desired position. (???P.129)

???If you have selected Media Menu > Chk Remain.Roll > On in the printer menu and the printed document has been ejected, a barcode and brief text message are printed on the leading edge of rolls.

If the document is not cut but kept in the printer, only the text message is printed. This is also the case when printing on 8-inch rolls or clear ???lm.

3. Open the Roll Paper Unit Cover.

122 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

Selecting the Paper Type (Roll)

When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced, specify the type of paper as follows.

Important

???For best printing results, the printer ???ne-tunes the feed amount for each type of paper. That???s why the margins and the size of printed images may vary depending on the type of paper used. If printing results are not as you expected, adjust the paper feed amount and Printhead height.

(???P.589)

(???P.588)

Note

???After you load the roll, the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the Display Screen, unless a barcode has been printed on the roll or you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper. Select the type of paper, and then press the OK button.

If no barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper, specify the roll length after the paper type. (???P.125)

1.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Media Menu, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Roll Media Type, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select the type of paper loaded in the printer, and then press the OK button.

Note

???For details on types of paper, see the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108) By factory default, Plain Paper is selected.

???Be sure to select the correct paper type. If this setting does not match the loaded paper, it may cause feed errors and affect the printing quality.

5.Press the Online button to bring the printer online.

124 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

Specifying the Paper Length (Roll)

When changing the length of paper after the paper has been advanced, specify the length as follows.

Note

???When you specify the roll length in the printer menu, Chk Remain.Roll must be set to On. If it is Off, the Roll Length Set menu is not shown.

???After you load a roll and specify the roll type, the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the roll length on the Display Screen if no barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper. Select the roll length, and then press the OK button. The printer will automatically go online.

1.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Media Menu, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Roll Length Set, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select the length of paper loaded in the printer, and then press the OK button. Specify the roll length as follows.

1.Press ??? or ??? to move the cursor (_) to each ???eld for entering numbers.

2.Press the ??? or ??? button to enter the value.

3.Repeat steps 1 and 2 to ???nish entering the value, and then press the OK button.

5.Press the Online button to bring the printer online.

Handling Paper 125

Handling rolls

Feeding Roll Paper Manually

You can bring the printer of???ine by pressing the Online button.

When the printer is of???ine and roll paper is selected as the paper source, you can advance or retract the roll by pressing ??? or ???.

Press ??? to retract the roll manually. Press ??? to advance the roll manually.

If you hold down the ??? or ??? button for less than a second, the roll paper will move about 1 mm (0.039 in). If you hold down ??? or ??? for more than a second, the paper will move until you release the button. Release the button when the Display Screen indicates End of paper feed. Cannot feed paper more.

126 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

Detection of the Remaining Roll Paper

If you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper, when the roll is ejected, a barcode with text is printed on the roll paper that identi???es the type of paper and amount left. If this function is activated and barcodes are printed on the roll paper, the type of paper and amount left are automatically detected when you load a

roll. The barcode will be cut off after it has been read.

Note

???If the document is not cut but kept in the printer, only the text message is printed. This is also the case when printing on 8-inch rolls or clear ???lm.

Important

??? If the barcode on the roll is not detected, enter the type and length of paper on the Control Panel.

Follow these steps to activate detection of the remaining roll paper.

1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Media Menu, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Chk Remain.Roll, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select the desired setting option, and then press the OK button.

Handling Paper 127

Handling rolls

Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically

If the leading edge of a roll is crooked or warped, it may cause an error message or printing problems. In this case, set Trim Edge First to Automatic or On on the Control Panel to have the printer cut the leading edge to make the edge straight after you load a roll.

Trim Edge First offers the following options.

???Automatic

If the left and right side of the leading edge of the roll ((a) and (b)) are uneven by 3 mm (0.12 in) or more when you load the roll, the edge is cut an amount relative to the slant to ensure a straight edge, and scraps are removed. The edge is not cut if the unevenness is less than 3 mm.

???Off

The edge is not cut and scraps are not removed. This setting is Off for most types of paper, by default. For more information, see the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108)

???On

The leading edge is cut off when you load a roll, and scraps are removed. The amount of paper cut off from the leading edge varies depending on the paper type. For more information, see the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108)

Note

???If you print on paper that has an irregular width, set Skew Check Lv. to Loose for a higher skew detection threshold or to Off to disable skew detection. However, if paper is loaded askew when detection is Off, note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur.

Follow these steps to change the Trim Edge First setting.

1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Paper Details, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select the type of paper, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Trim Edge First, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select the desired setting option, and then press the OK button. This setting takes effect the next time you load a roll.

128 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

Eject (waiting for ink to dry after printing)

Important

???When cutting wide printed documents after ejection, support the documents. If the paper drops, printed documents may be damaged.

???Do not lift the paper when holding printed documents before cutting. If the paper rises, it may affect the printing quality.

1.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Paper Details, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select the type of paper, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Cutting Mode, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Eject, and then press the OK button.

6. Start printing.

Roll paper is fed to the speci???ed cut position and then automatically stopped.

7. As you support the printed document to prevent it from dropping, hold down the Stop button for at least a second to cut the roll.

130 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

Manual (when using media that cannot be cut using the Cutter Unit )

1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Paper Details, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select the type of paper, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Cutting Mode, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Manual, and then press the OK button.

6. Start printing.

The printer stops advancing the paper after printing.

7. Press the Online button.

Roll paper is fed to the speci???ed cut position and then automatically stopped.

Handling Paper 131

Handling rolls

Paper Cutting (to have the roll cut at your speci???ed position)

If the printer stops operating after printing, press the Online button. The printer goes of???ine.

Press ??? or ??? to feed the roll paper to the position for cutting.

Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Paper Cutting, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button. After the roll paper is cut, it is rewound automatically.

Caution

???If paper would be short when cut at a particular position, the roll may automatically be advanced in some cases before cutting.

Handling Paper 133

Handling rolls

Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls

The printer is equipped with a function to reduce cutting dust for media such as Backlit Film that are more likely to generate debris when cut. This may improve printing quality and help prevent Printhead damage. You can set up this function to be activated for some types of paper.

When this function is activated, black lines are printed at the leading and trailing edges of documents.

Important

???Do not activate the function to reduce cutting dust for paper that wrinkles easily, such as Plain Paper or lightweight paper. This may impair cutting and cause paper jams.

???Borderless printing is not available when this function is activated. Deactivate this function before borderless printing.

1.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Paper Details, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select the type of paper loaded in the printer, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select CutDustReduct., and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select On, and then press the OK button. The function to reduce cutting dust is now activated.

134 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls

When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere, if the Cutter touches printed surfaces that are still wet, it may damage the paper or cause rough cut edges. Also, ink may be transferred onto the paper surface during ejection, soiling it. You can prevent problems by adjusting the drying time after printing before the paper is cut.

Windows

1. Display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.149)

2. Select the Main sheet and click C Advanced Settings in A Media Type.

3. In the Media Detailed Settings dialog box displayed next, select C Between Pages and D

Between Scans in B Drying Time, and then click OK.

(???P.151)

Handling Paper 135

Handling rolls

Mac OS 9

1. Choose Print in the application menu.

2. Select the Main pane and click D Settings in A Media Type.

3. In the Media Detailed Settings dialog box displayed next, select C Between Pages and D

Between Scans in B Drying Time, and then click OK.

(???P.153)

Note

???By factory default, Drying Time is deactivated ( Off ) for all paper types.

???To have the printer wait for ink to dry immediately after printing without releasing paper, set Cutting Mode to Eject in the printer menu.

(???P.129)

Handling Paper 137

Handling rolls

Clearing Jammed Roll Paper

If paper from a roll becomes jammed, Paper jam. is shown on the Display Screen of the Control Panel. Remove the jammed paper as follows.

Note

???For instructions on removing a paper jam from a roll if the scrap of paper remains in the Paper Feed Slot, see ???Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)???. (???P.142)

1.Open the Roll Paper Unit Cover. Use a store-bought cutter or the like to cut the paper of the loaded roll.

Caution

???When cutting paper, be careful to avoid scratching the printer.

2.Press Load/Eject button.

138 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

3. Remove the jammed paper.

???If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover

1.Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side.

2.Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

3.Close the Top Cover.

Important

??? Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).

Handling Paper 139

Handling rolls

???If paper from a roll is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot

1.Open the Roll Paper Unit Cover.

2.Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer. If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot (???P.141), remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam.

???If the paper is jammed by the Ejection Guide Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

4. Press OK.

140 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)

Follow these steps to remove any scraps left in the Paper Feed Slot after you clear jammed sheets or roll paper.

1. Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the Cut Sheet lamp.

2. Press the Load/Eject button.

A screen is displayed for paper type selection.

3. Select POP Board and press the OK button. A screen is displayed for paper size selection.

4. Select the desired size and press the OK button.

Instructions for feeding POP Board are shown on the Control Panel, but instead of following them, follow this procedure to remove the jammed paper.

5. Open the Top Cover.

6. Fold an A4 sheet lengthwise four times and insert it through the gap of the Back Cover. Push the scrap out toward the Platen.

7. Remove the scrap when it is pushed out onto the Platen.

8. If any scraps remain inside the Paper Feed Slot, repeat steps 6 and 7.

9. Close the Top Cover.

10. Turn the printer off. (???P.19)

142 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

Roll Holder Set

A set of parts including a Roll Holder, Holder Stopper (for 2- and 3-inch paper cores), 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment, and Spacer for Borderless Printing (used for both 2- and 3-inch paper cores).

???Roll Holder Set RH2-24

???Roll Holder

???Holder Stopper (for 2- and 3-inch paper cores (a) and (b))

??? 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment

??? Spacer for Borderless Printing

For instructions on installing these parts, see ???Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder???. (???P.144)

Handling Paper 143

Handling rolls

Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder

Mounting the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment

To load a roll with a 3-inch paper core, insert the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment on the Roll Holder.

Align the triangular part (b) of the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment (a) with the triangular groove (c) of the Roll Holder as shown, and insert the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment into the Roll Holder.

Removing the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment

Spread the tips (b) of the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment that protrude by the triangular label (a) of the Roll Holder as shown, and remove the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment.

144 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

Attaching the Spacer for Borderless Printing

If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder.

Insert the protrusions (b) of the Spacer for Borderless Printing (a) into the holes (c) of the Roll Holder, as shown.

Important

???If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, be sure to attach the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder, an error message will be displayed and printing is not possible.

Removing the Spacer for Borderless Printing

Pull out the Spacer for Borderless Printing from the Roll Holder, as shown.

Handling Paper 145

Handling rolls

Feeding Paper from the Roll Feed Unit

The Paper Feed Slot used to feed roll paper is the same as the Paper Feed Slot used for the Top Paper Feed Slot, so both methods of feeding paper cannot be used at the same time.

Thus, if a roll has been advanced when you wish to print from the Top Paper Feed Slot or Front Paper Feed Slot, change the paper source.

Select sheets as the paper source. (???P.154)

After Remove roll? is displayed, press the OK button.

The roll is rewound automatically.

Similarly, if a sheet is in the Top Paper Feed Slot or Front Paper Feed Slot when you wish to print on a roll, you will need to remove the sheet from the slot and reinsert the roll paper (which has been rewound) in the Paper Feed Slot.

Select the roll as the paper source. (???P.115)

After Eject sheet? is displayed, press the OK button.

The sheet is ejected automatically.

146 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

Removing the Roll Feed Unit

Important

??? Always make sure the printer is off before removing the Roll Feed Unit.

1.Remove any rolls in the Roll Feed Unit. (???P.122)

2.Use a coin or screwdriver to loosen the screws (a) on both sides of the back of the Roll Feed Unit and remove the unit from the printer.

3. Hold the Roll Feed Unit by the Carrying handles (a) as you remove the Roll Feed Unit from

the printer.

Handling Paper 147

Handling rolls

Installing the Roll Feed Unit

Important

??? Always make sure the printer is off before attaching the Roll Feed Unit.

1.Holding the Roll Feed Unit by the Carrying handles (a), insert the two pins of the Roll Feed Unit

(b) into the each hole on the back of the printer (c).

2. Use a coin or screwdriver to tighten the two screws on the back of the Roll Feed Unit (a)

to secure it to the printer.

148 Handling Paper

Handling rolls

Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver: Main, Page Setup, Layout,

Favorites, Utility, and Support.

Important

???If you access the printer driver dialog box from the operating system menu, changes you make to the settings will apply to all applications you use for printing.

???You can also access the printer driver dialog box from applications.

see ???Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Windows)???. (???P.473)

150 Handling Paper

Handling sheets for paper feed slots

Selecting the Sheet as the Paper Source

Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the Cut Sheet lamp (a).

Caution

???Paper jams may occur if you load paper other than the paper speci???ed in the paper settings for the media source. If you insert the edge of a roll in the Paper Feed Slot after you have selected sheets as the type of paper in the media source on the Control Panel and speci???ed the type and size of paper, the printer will prepare to print on the roll. If you print under these conditions, an error will occur when the roll is ejected. (???P.699)

Note

???You cannot switch the paper source in the following situations:

???If the Message lamp is ???ashing

Check the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary. (???P.687)

???If the Data lamp is ???ashing

Select the paper source after printing.

???If a printer menu operation is in progress

Select the paper source after the menu operation.

???When in the process of loading paper

Finish loading the paper before selecting the paper source.

???When in the process of replacing Ink Tanks

Finish replacing the Ink Tanks before selecting the paper source.

???If the Top Cover is open

Close the Top Cover before selecting the paper source.

154 Handling Paper

Handling sheets for paper feed slots

Loading Sheets Manually

When using the tray, load the paper in the Top Paper Feed Slot . (???P.156) However, if you have speci???ed POP Board, insert the sheet in the Front Paper Feed Slot . (???P.158)

Loading paper in the Top Paper Feed Slot

Note

???You can load only one sheet in the Top Paper Feed Slot. Do not load more than one sheet at a time. This may cause paper jams.

???Store unused paper in the original package, away from high temperature, humidity, and direct sunlight.

???Paper that is wrinkled or warped may jam. If necessary, straighten the paper and reload it.

???Load the paper straight. Loading paper askew will cause an error.

???Before feeding paper or printing, make sure the sheet is ???at against the Paper Tray Cover . The sheet may jam if it curls before feeding or printing and the trailing edge drops toward the front.

???If a roll is loaded, rewind the roll before this procedure. (???P.146)

1.If you send a print job specifying a paper other than POP Board from a computer beforehand, the type and size of paper are shown on the Display Screen. Press the Load/Eject button. Note

???If you will load paper before sending a print job, press the Load/Eject button. After a menu for selection of the type of paper is shown on the Display Screen, press ??? or ??? to select the type of paper, and then press the OK button. Next, a menu for selection of the paper size is shown on the Display Screen. Press ??? or ??? to select the size of paper, and then press the OK button.

2.Open the Paper Tray Cover (a), and then open the Tray Extension (b).

156 Handling Paper

Handling sheets for paper feed slots

3. Slide the Width Guide (a) to align it with the mark for the size of paper you will load.

4. Load the paper in the Top Paper Feed Slot with the printing side face-up. Insert the paper until its edge touches the far end of the tray lightly.

5. Move the Width Guide (a) to match the size of paper loaded.

Set the Width Guide against the edge of the paper to prevent the paper from becoming crooked or wrinkled.

6. Press the OK button to start feeding the paper.

After the paper is advanced and the printer goes online, printing starts automatically. If no print job was received beforehand, the printer enters Standby mode.

Handling Paper 157

Handling sheets for paper feed slots

Loading heavyweight paper in the Front Paper Feed Slot

Important

???Before loading heavyweight paper, change the media type setting to POP Board. After POP Board is selected as the type of paper, you can select Front Paper Feed Slot.

???Always load a POP Board in the Front Paper Feed Slot. Loading it another way may damage the printer or cause malfunction.

Note

???You can load only one sheet of paper at a time.

???Store unused paper in the original package, away from high temperature, humidity, and direct sunlight.

???If the paper is warped, straighten it before loading it.

???Load the paper straight. Loading paper askew will cause an error.

???After loading the paper, you cannot move it laterally to reposition it. Be sure to load the paper straight.

1.If you send a print job specifying POP Board from a computer beforehand, the type and size of paper are shown on the Display Screen. Press the Load/Eject button.

Note

???If you will load heavyweight paper before sending a print job, press the Load/Eject button. After a menu for selection of the type of paper is shown on the Display Screen, press ??? or ??? to select POP Board, and then press the OK button. Next, a menu for selection of the paper size is shown on the Display Screen. Press ??? or ??? to select the size of paper, and then press the OK button.

2.If Leave 70cm (28") space behind printer. is displayed, check the space behind the printer, lift

the four Front Tray Guides on the Ejection Guide, and then press the OK button.

Note

???Suf???cient space behind the printer is required when loading paper in the Front Paper Feed Slot. For details on the space required for installation, see ???Speci???cations???. (???P.72)

158 Handling Paper

Handling sheets for paper feed slots

6. Close top cover. is displayed. At this point, close the Top Cover and press the OK button.

The paper is held between the Platen and Back Cover as it is fed.

After the paper is advanced and the printer goes online, printing starts automatically.

If no print job has been received from the computer beforehand, the printer enters Standby mode.

7. After printing, the printer will temporarily stop advancing the paper while the trailing edge is still in the rollers to prevent the sheet from dropping. Press the Load/Eject button to release the sheet. After pulling it straight out, press the OK button. (???P.165)

8. Lift the four Front Tray Guides on the Ejection Guide to store them toward the front, and then press the OK button.

Handling Paper 161

Handling sheets for paper feed slots

Selecting the Paper Type (Sheet)

When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced, specify the type of paper as follows.

Note

???After you press the Feeder Selection button to illuminate the Cut Sheet lamp, press the Load/Eject button to display a screen for selection of the paper type.

Press ??? or ??? to select the type of paper, and then press the OK button to display a screen for selection of the paper size. (???P.163)

???If you have sent the print job from a computer beforehand, the screen for paper type and size selection is not displayed. Printing will start after the paper is advanced.

1.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Media Menu, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Manual PaperType, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select the type of paper loaded in the printer, and then press the OK button.

Note

???Select POP Board when loading heavyweight paper.

???For details on paper types, see the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108) Plain Paper is selected by factory default.

???Be sure to select the correct paper type. If this setting does not match the loaded paper, it may cause feed errors and affect the printing quality.

5.Press the Online button to bring the printer online.

162 Handling Paper

Handling sheets for paper feed slots

Selecting the Paper Size (Sheet)

To change the paper size after paper has been advanced, select the paper size as follows.

Note

???After you press the Feeder Selection button to illuminate the Cut Sheet lamp, press the Load/Eject button to display a screen for selection of the paper type automatically.

Press ??? or ??? to select the type of paper, and then press the OK button to display a screen for selection of the paper size. Press ??? or ??? to select the paper size, and then press the OK button. The printer is now ready to advance the paper.

???If you have sent the print job from a computer beforehand, the screen for paper type and size selection is not displayed. Printing will start after the paper is advanced.

1.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Media Menu, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Manual PaperSize, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select the size of paper loaded in the printer, and then press the OK button.

Note

???For details on paper sizes, see ???Paper Sizes???. (???P.113)

5.Press the Online button to bring the printer online.

Handling Paper 163

Handling sheets for paper feed slots

Removing Heavyweight Paper from the Front Paper Feed Slot

If you are printing heavyweight paper from the Front Paper Feed Slot, the printer will stop advancing the paper while the trailing edge is still in the rollers to prevent the sheet from dropping. In this case, remove the paper as follows.

1. Press the Load/Eject button.

Note

???If you load paper from the Front Paper Feed Slot but press the Load/Eject button without printing, the printer will eject the paper and stop advancing it momentarily while the trailing edge is still in the rollers to prevent the sheet from dropping. Press the Load/Eject button again when you are ready to remove the paper.

2.Pull the sheet straight forward to remove it.

Note

???If you do not remove POP Board by pulling it straight forward, the printed surface may become scratched.

3. Press the OK button.

Caution

???After removal, press the OK button. If you do not remove the paper before doing subsequent operations, the sheet may go back inside the printer, leaving roller marks across the trailing edge of paper.

Handling Paper 165

Handling sheets for paper feed slots

Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray

If a sheet loaded manually becomes jammed, Paper jam. is shown on the Display Screen of the Control Panel. Remove the jammed paper as follows.

1. Press Load/Eject.

2. Remove the jammed paper.

???If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover

1.Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side manually.

2.Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

3.Close the Top Cover.

166 Handling Paper

Handling sheets for paper feed slots

Important

??? Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).

???If paper is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot of the Top Paper Feed Slot Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer. If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot (???P.168), remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam.

???If the paper is jammed by the Ejection Guide Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

Handling Paper 167

Handling sheets for paper feed slots

???If paper is jammed in the back of the printer Remove the jammed paper from the back.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

3. Press OK button.

If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot, remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam as follows.

1. Turn off the printer and remove the Roll Feed Unit from the printer. (???P.147)

2. Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

3. Install the Roll Feed Unit on the printer again. (???P.148)

168 Handling Paper

Output Stacker

Using the Output Stacker

The Output Stacker can be held at two positions, as shown.

???When storing printed documents on the Output Stacker Use position (1).

???When the Output Stacker is not used Use position (2).

Important

???When storing printed documents on the Output Stacker, always use it in position (1). If you do not, printed documents may not be dropped into the Output Stacker, and the printed surface may become soiled.

???The Output Stacker can hold one sheet. When printing multiple pages, remove each sheet after it is printed.

Handling Paper 169

Output Stacker

Output Stacker Precautions

When you print on rolls, you can use the Output Stacker to hold ejected printouts.

When you use the Output Stacker (b), push down Basket Rod #1 fully toward the front, keeping it even on the left and right so that Basket Rod #2 (a) is not slanted.

The Output Stacker can accommodate one sheet. Remove each sheet before printing if you are printing a series of documents.

Use the Output Stacker in the normal position (a). However, for some types of media, you can use the stacker in the extended position (b). This position enables printed documents to be removed more easily. For information on types of paper you can use with the stacker in the extended position, refer to the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108)

Handling Paper 171

Print quality and color settings

Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Choosing a Paper for Printing

Choosing the right paper for your particular printing application will give you the best printing results.

Media type

The printer and printer driver offer print settings optimized for various paper characteristics.

Note

???For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108)

???The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is updated when you install the Media Con???guration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Con???guration Tool. For information about the Media Con???guration Tool, see the Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Macintosh).

???An error message is displayed on the printer Control Panel if the paper type as speci???ed in the printer driver does not match the type speci???ed on the printer. Although you can print under these conditions, the printing results may not be suitable.

If the paper type is not listed for selection

If the type of paper loaded cannot be selected, try specifying glossy paper or proo???ng paper as a special paper (Special 1 to Special 5, in this order). BK ( Black Ink ) is used as the black ink. Try specifying other types of paper as Special 6 to Special 10. MBK ( Matte Black Ink ) is used as the black ink. Note that higher numbers in this setting enable more vivid colors but may also cause colors to run together.

For instructions on specifying the paper type before printing, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Selecting the Paper Type (Roll) (???P.124)

???Selecting the Paper Type (Sheet) (???P.162)

172 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing

You can specify detailed print settings as desired for the quality level, colors, and other criteria.

Advanced Settings

For printing results that appear just as expected for your original, you can specify which graphic elements and colors to prioritize for printing.

Note

???Easy Settings are also available, providing convenient presets. To use the presets, simply choose the printing application.

For details on Easy Settings, refer to the following topics.

???Printing Photos and Images (Windows, Mac OS X) (???P.177)

???Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9) (???P.179)

???Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows, Mac OS X) (???P.181)

???Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9) (???P.182)

???Printing Of???ce Documents (???P.183)

Print Priority

Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for printing.

*1: Options suitable for the selected paper type are listed under Print Priority.

Enhanced Printing Options 173

Print quality and color settings

Enhancing Printing Quality

???To print at a higher level of quality, in the printer driver, choose High or Highest in Print Quality, and choose Unidirectional Printing as the direction of printing.

???For instructions on specifying the print quality and color settings before printing, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions (Windows) (???P.190)

???Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions (Mac OS X) (???P.192)

???Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions (Mac OS 9) (???P.195)

176 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Caution

??? Depending on the Media Type setting, some Print Target options may not be available.

Note

???You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings.

???You can also ???ne-tune these values as needed. (Advanced Settings)

For details on Advanced Settings, see ???Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing???. (???P.173)

???For instructions on printing photos and images, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Printing Photos and Images (Windows) (???P.228)

???Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS X) (???P.230)

178 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Caution

??? Depending on the Media Type setting, some Print Target options may not be available.

Note

???You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings.

???You can also ???ne-tune these values as needed. (Advanced Settings)

For details on Advanced Settings, see ???Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing???. (???P.173)

???For instructions on printing photos and images, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9) (???P.179)

180 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows, Mac OS X)

Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print.

Easy Settings

Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results.

Print Target

Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.

Print targets for line drawings and text

Note

???You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings.

???You can also ???ne-tune these values as needed. (Advanced Settings)

For details on Advanced Settings, see ???Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing???. (???P.173)

For instructions on printing line drawings and text, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows) (???P.215)

???Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS X) (???P.217)

Enhanced Printing Options 181

Print quality and color settings

Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9)

Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print.

Easy Settings

Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results.

Print Target

Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.

Print targets for line drawings and text

Note

???You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings.

???You can also ???ne-tune these values as needed. (Advanced Settings)

For details on Advanced Settings, see ???Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing???. (???P.173)

For instructions on printing line drawings and text, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

??? Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9) (???P.182)

182 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Printing Of???ce Documents

Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print.

Easy Settings

Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results.

Print Target

Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.

Print targets for of???ce documents

Note

???You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings.

???You can also ???ne-tune these values as needed. (Advanced Settings)

For details on Advanced Settings, see ???Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing???. (???P.173)

For instructions on printing of???ce documents, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Printing Of???ce Documents (Windows) (???P.222)

???Printing Of???ce Documents (Mac OS X) (???P.224)

???Printing Of???ce Documents (Mac OS 9) (???P.226)

Enhanced Printing Options 183

Print quality and color settings

Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver

Color settings speci???ed in the application for your documents are essentially given priority over other settings for each print job, but further color adjustment is possible in the printer driver.

Color Mode

Choose how the printer driver processes color, as desired.

The available options vary depending on the color mode.

Color Adjustment

You can adjust colors separately for images, graphics, and text documents.

184 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Gray Tone Adjustment

The following settings can be adjusted if ???Monochrome (Photo)??? is selected in Color Mode.

Note

???Be sure to calibrate your monitor colors correctly if you adjust the colors for printing. If monitor colors are not calibrated correctly, you may not obtain the desired printing results. For instructions on monitor calibration, refer to the documentation for your monitor and operating system.

For instructions on color adjustment, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Windows) (???P.198)

???Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Mac OS X) (???P.201)

???Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Mac OS 9) (???P.204)

Enhanced Printing Options 187

Print quality and color settings

Printing in Ideal Colors for Light in the Viewing Environment

You can print in the colors that look best when viewed under the light where the printed image will be displayed. There are two ways to adjust the color tone for the ambient light, as follows.

By selecting color tones on Charts before printing

On the printed Chart, note the number of the set of colors with the desired color tone and enter this number in the printer driver before printing.

Important

???This function requires that the Light Source Check Tool be installed.

???You can install the Light Source Check Tool from the User Software CD-ROM.

???This function is only supported in Windows.

For instructions on selecting color tones on Charts before printing, refer to the following topic:

??? By selecting color tones on Charts before printing (Windows) (???P.604)

Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Light

Measure the light level in the viewing environment and enter the results in the printer driver before printing.

Important

???This function requires the Eye-One spectrophotometer. The Light Source Measure Tool must also be installed.

???You can install the Light Source Measure Tool from the User Software CD-ROM.

???For a list of supported Eye-One devices, refer to the manual provided with the Light Source Measure Tool.

???This function is only supported in Windows.

For instructions on measuring light levels before printing, refer to the following topic:

??? Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Light (???P.608)

188 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Printing Photos in Monochrome

The following settings are available for monochrome printing.

Monochrome Deactivates color printing so that images are printed in monochrome, with continuous-tone color data printed using gray midtones. Use this mode to print of???ce documents or graphics in monochrome, or if the paper is not compatible with the Monochrome (Photo) setting.

???Even more detailed adjustment is possible on the Color Adjustment sheet.

???If the paper is not compatible with the Monochrome (Photo) setting, choose Monochrome .

???Becausecolorinkisusedtoproducegraycontinuous-tone

images, the gray may appear to have a tinge of color. Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos (Windows) (???P.207)

Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos (Mac OS X) (???P.209)

Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos (Mac OS 9) (???P.212)

Enhanced Printing Options 189

Print quality and color settings

Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions

(Windows)

You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how to print CAD drawings in monochrome.

1. Choose Print in the application menu.

2. Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3. Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.

5. Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.

6. Click Line Drawing/Text in the E Print Priority list.

7. Click Standard (600dpi) in the F Print Quality list.

Note

??? Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type.

190 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

8. Click Monochrome in the G Color Mode list.

9. To adjust the brightness and contrast, click H Color Settings.

Note

???For instructions on adjusting brightness and contrast, see ???Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver???. (???P.184)

10.Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

11. Con???rm the settings of A Page Size, L Media Source, and so on.

12. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Enhanced Printing Options 191

Print quality and color settings

Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions

(Mac OS X)

You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how to print CAD drawings in monochrome.

1. Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. In the application menu, choose Print.

6. Access the Main pane.

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.

192 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

8. Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.

9. Click Line Drawing in the E Print Priority list.

10. Click Standard(600dpi) in the F Print Quality list.

Note

???Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type.

11.Click Monochrome in the H Color Mode list.

12.To adjust the brightness and contrast, click I Set.

Note

???For instructions on adjusting brightness and contrast, see ???Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver???. (???P.184)

13.Access the Page Setup pane.

Enhanced Printing Options 193

Print quality and color settings

Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions

(Mac OS 9)

You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how to print CAD drawings in monochrome.

1. Select the printer in Chooser.

2. Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. In the application menu, choose Print.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.

Enhanced Printing Options 195

Print quality and color settings

8. Click E Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.

9. Click Line Drawing in the F Print Priority list.

10. Click Standard(600dpi) in the G Print Quality list.

Note

???Options displayed in the G Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type.

11.Click Monochrome in the H Color Mode list.

12.To adjust brightness and contrast, click I Set.

Note

???For instructions on adjusting brightness and contrast, see ???Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver???. (???P.184)

13.Access the Finishing pane.

196 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Windows)

You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how to ???ne-tune the color tone of photos before printing.

1. Choose Print in the application menu.

2. Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3. Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.

5. Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.

6. Click Color in the G Color Mode list.

198 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Mac OS X)

You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how to ???ne-tune the color tone of photos before printing.

1. Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Access the Main pane.

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.

Enhanced Printing Options 201

Print quality and color settings

11. On the Color Adjustment pane, adjust the color tones, brightness, and so on as desired.

12. Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box.

13. Access the Page Setup pane.

14. Con???rm the settings of A Media Source and C Page Size.

15. Con???rm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.

Note

??? For instructions on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

Enhanced Printing Options 203

Print quality and color settings

Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Mac OS 9)

You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how to ???ne-tune the color tone of photos before printing.

1. Select the printer in Chooser.

2. Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.

204 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

11. On the Color Adjustment pane, adjust the color tones, brightness, and so on as desired.

12. Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box.

13. Access the Finishing pane.

14. Con???rm the selection in A Media Source.

15. Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

206 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos

(Windows)

You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how to ???ne-tune monochrome settings before printing.

1. Choose Print in the application menu.

2. Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3. Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.

5. Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.

6. Click Monochrome (Photo) in the G Color Mode list.

Note

??? Monochrome (Photo) may not be available for all types of paper.

Enhanced Printing Options 207

Print quality and color settings

7. Click H Color Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box.

8. On the Gray Adjustment sheet, adjust the color tones, brightness, and so on as desired.

9. Close the Color Settings dialog box.

10. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

11. Con???rm the settings of A Page Size, L Media Source, and so on.

12. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

208 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos

(Mac OS X)

You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how to ???ne-tune monochrome settings before printing.

1. Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the print target in the B Format for list.

3. Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. In the source application menu, choose Print.

6. Access the Main pane.

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.

Enhanced Printing Options 209

Print quality and color settings

8. Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.

9. Click Monochrome (Photo) in the H Color Mode list.

Note

???Monochrome (Photo) may not be available for all types of paper.

10.Click I Set to display the Color Settings dialog box.

11. On the Gray Adjustment pane, adjust the color tones, brightness, and so on as desired.

12. Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box.

210 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos

(Mac OS 9)

You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how to ???ne-tune monochrome settings before printing.

1. Select the printer in Chooser.

2. Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. In the source application menu, choose Print.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.

212 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows)

This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example.

???Document: CAD drawing

???Page size: A3 (297.0 ?? 420.0 mm [11.7 ?? 16.5 in])

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

5. After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the E Print

Target list.

Note

??? You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.

Enhanced Printing Options 215

Print quality and color settings

6. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

7. In A Page Size, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application software. In this case, click ISO A3.

8. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

9. Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll (420.0mm).

10. Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Windows)???. (???P.441)

11. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

216 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example.

???Document: CAD drawing

???Page size: A3 (297.0 ?? 420.0 mm [11.7 ?? 16.5 in])

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A3.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Access the Main pane.

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

Enhanced Printing Options 217

Print quality and color settings

8. After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the E Print Target list.

Note

???You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set..

9.Access the Page Setup pane.

10. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

11. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,

ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information.

218 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

12. Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as speci???ed in C

Paper Size in the Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A3.

13. Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.492)

14. Con???rm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

Enhanced Printing Options 219

Print quality and color settings

Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example.

???Document: CAD drawing

???Page Size: A3 (297.0??420.0 mm [11.7 ?? 16.5 in])

???Paper: Sheets ( Manual )

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Paper size: A3 (297.0??420.0 mm [11.7 ?? 16.5 in])

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

220 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

8. After con???rming that E Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the F Print

Target list.

Note

???You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set.

9.Access the Finishing pane.

10. Click Manual in the A Media Source list.

11. Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.517)

12. Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

Enhanced Printing Options 221

Print quality and color settings

Printing Of???ce Documents (Windows)

This topic describes how to print of???ce documents based on the following example.

???Document: Of???ce document created using word-processing software or spreadsheet programs

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Sheets

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Paper size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

5. After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Of???ce Document in the E Print

Target list.

Note

??? You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.

222 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

6. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setupsheet.

7. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application. In this case, click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").

8. Click Manual in the L Media Source list.

9. Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Windows)???. (???P.441)

10. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Caution

??? Depending on the Media Type setting, some Print Target options may not be available.

Note

??? For instructions on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Enhanced Printing Options 223

Print quality and color settings

Printing Of???ce Documents (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to print of???ce documents based on the following example.

???Document: Of???ce document created using word-processing or spreadsheet programs

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Sheets

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Paper size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

1.Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Access the Main pane.

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

224 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

8. After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Of???ce Document in the E Print

Target list.

Note

???You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set.

9.Access the Page Setup pane.

10. Click Sheets in the A Media Source list.

11. Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as speci???ed in C Paper Size in the Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.

12. Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.492)

13. Con???rm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

Enhanced Printing Options 225

Print quality and color settings

Printing Of???ce Documents (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to print of???ce documents based on the following example.

???Document: Of???ce document created using word-processing or spreadsheet programs

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Sheets ( Manual )

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Paper size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

226 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

8. After con???rming that E Easy Settings is selected, click Of???ce Document in the F Print Target

list.

Note

???You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set.

9.Access the Finishing pane.

10. Click Manual in the A Media Source list.

11. Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.517)

12. Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

Enhanced Printing Options 227

Print quality and color settings

Printing Photos and Images (Windows)

This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example.

???Document: Photo image from a digital camera

???Page size: 10??12 inches (254.0??304.8 mm)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper

???Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy Photo Paper.

In the A Media Type, choose the type of paper used for printing, such as Glossy Paper, Coated Paper, and so on. Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer.

Note

???The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is updated when you install the Media Con???guration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Con???guration Tool. (See the Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Macintosh).)

5.After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Photo (Standard) or Photo (Photo Studio) in the E Print Target list.

Note

???For information on settings optimized for printing photos and images, see ???Printing Photos and Images (Windows, Mac OS X)???. (???P.177)

???You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.

228 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

6. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

7. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application. In this case, click 10"x12".

8. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

9. Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list. In this case, click 10-in. Roll (254.0mm), and then click OK.

10. Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Windows)???. (???P.441)

11. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For instructions on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Enhanced Printing Options 229

Print quality and color settings

Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example.

???Document: Photo image from a digital camera

???Page Size: 10??12 inches (254.0??304.8 mm)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper Type: Glossy Photo Paper

???Roll paper Width: 10 inches (254 mm)

1.Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Access the Main pane.

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy Photo Paper.

Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer.

Note

???The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is updated when you install the Media Con???guration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Con???guration Tool. See the Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Macintosh).

230 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

8. After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Photo (Standard) or Photo (Photo

Studio) in the E Print Target list.

Note

???For information on settings optimized for printing photos and images, see ???Printing Photos and Images (Windows, Mac OS X)???. (???P.177)

???You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set.

9.Access the Page Setup pane.

10. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

11. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case, 10

in. (254.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information.

Enhanced Printing Options 231

Print quality and color settings

12. Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as speci???ed in C

Paper Size in the Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, 10"x12".

13. Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.492)

14. Con???rm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

232 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example.

???Document: Photo image from a digital camera

???Page size: 10??12 inches (254.0??304.8 mm)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper

???Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0mm)

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

Enhanced Printing Options 233

Print quality and color settings

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy Photo Paper.

In the C Media Type setting, choose the type of paper for printing, such as Glossy Paper, Coated Paper, and so on. Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer.

Note

???The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is updated when you install the Media Con???guration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Con???guration Tool. See the Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Macintosh).

8.After con???rming that E Easy Settings is selected, click Photo (from digital camera) in the

F Print Target list.

Note

???You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set.

9.Access the Finishing pane.

10. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

234 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

11. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10

in. (254.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main pane and update the printer information.

12. Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.517)

13. Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

Enhanced Printing Options 235

Print quality and color settings

Printing Photos in Monochrome (Windows)

This topic describes how to print photos in monochrome based on the following example.

???Original: Photo image from a digital camera

???Page size: 10??12 inches

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper

???Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy Photo Paper.

In the A Media Type setting, choose the type of paper for printing, such as Glossy Paper, Coated Paper, and so on. Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer.

Note

???The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is updated when you install the Media Con???guration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Con???guration Tool. (See the Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Macintosh).)

236 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

5. After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Photo (Monochrome) in the E Print

Target list.

Caution

??? Photo (Monochrome) may not be available for all types of paper.

Note

???You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.

6.Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

7. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application. In this case, click 10"x12".

8. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

9. Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list. In this case, click 10-in. Roll (254.0mm), and then click OK.

10. Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Windows)???. (???P.441)

11. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Enhanced Printing Options 237

Print quality and color settings

Printing Photos in Monochrome (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to print photos in monochrome based on the following example.

???Original: Photo image from a digital camera

???Page size: 10??12 inches

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper

???Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the print target in the B Format for list.

3. In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. In the source application menu, choose Print.

6. Access the Main pane.

238 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy Photo Paper.

In the A Media Type setting, choose the type of paper for printing, such as Glossy Paper, Coated Paper, and so on. Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer.

Note

???The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is updated when you install the Media Con???guration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Con???guration Tool. (See the Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Macintosh).)

8.After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Photo (Monochrome) in the E Print Target list.

Caution

???Photo (Monochrome) may not be available for all types of paper.

Note

???You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set.

9.Access the Page Setup pane.

10. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

Enhanced Printing Options 239

Print quality and color settings

11. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10 in. (254.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information.

12. Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as speci???ed in C

Paper Size in the Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, 10"x12".

13. Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.492)

14. Con???rm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

240 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

Printing Photos in Monochrome (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to print photos in monochrome based on the following example.

???Original: Photo image from a digital camera

???Page size: 10??12 inches

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper

???Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. In the source application menu, choose Print.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

Enhanced Printing Options 241

Print quality and color settings

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy Photo Paper.

In the C Media Type setting, choose the type of paper for printing, such as Glossy Paper, Coated Paper, and so on. Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer.

Note

???The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is updated when you install the Media Con???guration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Con???guration Tool. (See the Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Macintosh).)

8.After con???rming that E Easy Settings is selected, click Photo (Monochrome) in the F Print Target list.

Caution

???Photo (Monochrome) may not be available for all types of paper.

Note

???You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set.

9.Access the Finishing pane.

10. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

242 Enhanced Printing Options

Print quality and color settings

11. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10

in. (254.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main pane to update the printer information.

12. Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.517)

13. Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

Enhanced Printing Options 243

Printing enlargements or reductions

Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size

You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired.

Enlarged/Reduced Printing

Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver, as desired.

Fit Media Size

Enlarge or reduce the original to match the size of the paper you are using.

For instructions on resizing originals to match the paper size, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Windows) (???P.269)

???Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS X) (???P.271)

???Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS 9) (???P.274)

Note

???For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format, use an image-editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of 150 dpi or more at actual size.

244 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width

You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired.

Enlarged/Reduced Printing

Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver, as desired.

Fit Roll Paper Width

Enlarge or reduce the original as a whole to match the roll paper width, as desired.

For instructions on resizing originals to match the roll paper width, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Windows) (???P.261)

???Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS X) (???P.263)

???Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS 9) (???P.266)

Note

Enhanced Printing Options 245

Printing enlargements or reductions

Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value

You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired.

Enlarged/Reduced Printing

Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver, as desired.

Scaling

Enlarge or reduce originals by a particular amount, as desired.

For instructions on entering a scaling value to resize originals, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Windows) (???P.252)

???Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS X) (???P.254)

???Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS 9) (???P.257)

Note

246 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER

Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically.

For instructions on printing enlargements of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER, refer to the following topic.

???Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Windows) (???P.248)

???Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Mac OS X) (???P.250)

Enhanced Printing Options 247

Printing enlargements or reductions

Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Windows)

Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically.

Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a "hot folder" and printed automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder.

This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function.

To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, ???rst complete these settings in the following order.

1.Register a hot folder on your computer

Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy.

2.Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.

Con???gure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder.

After these settings are complete, you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER.

Registering a hot folder on your computer

Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy (iR enlargement copy) are called hot folders. Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER. You can specify printing conditions (such as the image quality and paper size), based on which originals transferred to the hot folder will be printed. Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders.

1. Display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.149)

2. Click the Utility tab to display the Utility sheet.

3. Click B Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy to start the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility.

4. Use the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility to register or modify hot folders. For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders, refer to the help ???le for the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility.

248 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.

Con???gure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder. It is easy to send scanned originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the Color imageRUNNER.

For instructions on assigning scanning settings and destinations to a Favorites button, refer to the setting manual, displayed by clicking Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Setup Manual button of Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility, or refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.

Scanning the original and print an enlargement

Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer. For detailed instructions, refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.

1. Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER.

2. Press Send to display the screen for transmission.

3. Press Favorites, and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder.

4. Press Start on the control panel. If you scan originals on the platen glass, after scanning all originals, press Done on the touch-panel display.

Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you speci???ed for the folder.

Note

???For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, refer to Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Guide .

Enhanced Printing Options 249

Printing enlargements or reductions

Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Mac OS X)

Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically.

Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a "hot folder" and printed automatically enlarged according to printing conditions you specify for that folder.

This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function.

To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, ???rst complete these settings in the following order.

1.Register a hot folder on your computer.

Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy.

2.Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.

Con???gure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder.

After these settings are complete, you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER.

Registering a hot folder on your computer

1. To display the GARO ExtraKit dialog box, either double-click the GARO ExtraKit icon after navigating to Applications - Canon Utilities - imagePROGRAF, or click C Set on the Utility pane.

2. In Enlarged Copy Settings, click Add or Edit and either create or modify the hot folder. For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders, refer to the help ???le for the GARO ExtraKit utility.

250 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.

For instructions on assigning scanning and sending settings to the Favorites button, refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.

Scanning the original and print an enlargement

Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer. For detailed instructions, refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.

1. Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER.

2. Press Send to display the screen for transmission.

3. Press Favorites, and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder.

4. Press Start on the control panel. If you scan originals on the platen glass, after scanning all originals, press Done on the touch-panel display.

Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you speci???ed for the folder.

Note

???For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, refer to Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Guide .

Enhanced Printing Options 251

Printing enlargements or reductions

Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Windows)

This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value, based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paperr width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

Important

??? In borderless printing, you cannot resize originals by entering a scaling value.

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

5. Select the print target in the E Print Target list.

6. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

252 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

7. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

8. Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll (420.0mm).

9. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application. In this case, click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").

10. Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

11. Click ISO A4 in the G Media Size list.

12. Click F Scaling and enter ???120.???

Note

???You can specify enlargement that exceeds the paper size, but in this case, the portion off the edge of the paper will not be printed.

???If the original size after enlargement or reduction is smaller than the paper size, the original is printed in the upper-left corner. In this case, you can center originals by selecting G Print Centered on the Layout sheet.

13. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Enhanced Printing Options 253

Printing enlargements or reductions

Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value, based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

Important

??? In borderless printing, you cannot resize originals by entering a scaling value.

1.Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Access the Main pane.

254 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

8. Select the print target in the E Print Target list.

9. Access the Page Setup pane.

10. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

11. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,

ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information.

Enhanced Printing Options 255

Printing enlargements or reductions

12. Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the

Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.

13. Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

14. Click G Scaling and enter ???120.???

Note

???You can specify enlargement that exceeds the paper size, but in this case, the portion off the edge of the paper will not be printed.

15.Con???rm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.

Note

???For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

256 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value, based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

Important

??? In borderless printing, you cannot resize originals by entering a scaling value.

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

Enhanced Printing Options 257

Printing enlargements or reductions

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

8. Select the print target in the F Print Target list.

9. Access the Finishing pane.

10. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

11. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-here, ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main pane and update the printer information.

258 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

15. Click F Scaling and enter ???120.???

Note

???You can specify enlargement that exceeds the paper size, but in this case, the portion off the edge of the paper will not be printed.

16. Con???rm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

260 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Windows)

This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width, based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: 16 inches (406.4 mm)

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

5. Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.

6. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

Enhanced Printing Options 261

Printing enlargements or reductions

7. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

8. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application. In this case, click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").

9. Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

Note

???If the Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box is not displayed on the Page Setup sheet, clear the

B Borderless Printing check box.

10. Click E Fit Roll Paper Width.

Note

???After you click E Fit Roll Paper Width, the Information dialog box is displayed. Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list and click OK.

???Make sure the roll paper width you specify matches the width of the loaded roll.

11.Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

???For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

262 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width, based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: 16 inches (406.4 mm)

1.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Access the Main pane.

Enhanced Printing Options 263

Printing enlargements or reductions

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

8. Select the print target in the E Print Target list.

9. Access the Page Setup pane.

10. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

11. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 16 in. (406.4mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information.

264 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

12. Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the

Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.

13. Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

14. Click F Fit Roll Paper Width.

15. Con???rm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

Enhanced Printing Options 265

Printing enlargements or reductions

Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll paper width, based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: 16 inches (406.4 mm)

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

266 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

8. Select the print target in the F Print Target list.

9. Access the Finishing pane.

10. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

11. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 16 in. (406.4mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main pane and update the printer information.

Enhanced Printing Options 267

Printing enlargements or reductions

12. Access the Page Setup pane.

13. Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the

Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.

14. Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

15. Click E Fit Roll Paper Width.

16. Con???rm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

268 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Windows)

This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the paper size, based on the following example.

???Document: Any Type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

5. Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.

6. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

Enhanced Printing Options 269

Printing enlargements or reductions

7. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

8. Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll (420.0mm).

9. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application. In this case, click ISO A4.

10. Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

11. Select the D Fit Media Size check box.

12. Click ISO A3 in the G Media Size list.

13. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

270 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the paper size, based on the following example.

???Document: Any Type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Access the Main pane.

Enhanced Printing Options 271

Printing enlargements or reductions

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

8. Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.

9. Access the Page Setup pane.

10. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

11. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,

ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information.

272 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

12. Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the

Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.

13. Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

14. Make sure E Fit Media Size is selected.

15. Click ISO A3 in the I Media Size list.

16. Con???rm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

Enhanced Printing Options 273

Printing enlargements or reductions

Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the paper size, based on the following example.

???Document: Any Type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

274 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing enlargements or reductions

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

8. Select the printing application in the F Print Target list.

9. Access the Finishing pane.

10. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

11. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,

ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main pane and update the printer information.

Enhanced Printing Options 275

Printing enlargements or reductions

12. Access the Page Setup pane.

13. Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the

Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.

14. Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

15. Make sure D Fit Media Size is selected.

16. Click ISO A3 in the H Media Size list.

17. Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

276 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing at full size

Printing on Oversized Paper

Except in borderless printing, the actual printing area corresponds to your selected paper size minus the space for a margin. (???P.78) To print documents or images you prepare without a margin at actual size, use an oversized paper size.

For example, to print a A4-sized original without a margin at A4 size, print it on paper larger than A4 size and cut away the excess margin.

Note

???If you prepare an original for printing without a margin and print it on paper of regular size, the image near the edge will not be printed.

Oversize

The margin required by the printer is added around the ???outside??? of a regular paper size. For example, when printing a A4-sized original (210??297 mm), you have the following options.

a.Regular paper size: Gray area not printed

b.Page Size

c.Oversized paper size: Print area matches the page size (b)

Important

???When printing on oversize paper, load paper larger than the page size-a size that includes the margin required by the printer.

???Sheets: Load paper that is at least 6 mm (0.24 in) wider and 26 mm (1 in) higher than the page size

???Rolls: Load paper that is at least 6 mm (0.24 in) wider and 6 mm (0.24 in) higher than the page size

???Paper larger than the maximum size supported by the printer cannot be used as paper for oversized printing. (???P.113)

Enhanced Printing Options 277

Printing at full size

Note

???Oversized printing (selecting Oversize in Page Size ) is only available in Windows. For oversized printing on sheets, choose Manual as the media source.

???To perform oversized printing on a Macintosh computer, you must specify a non-standard page size and print on it.

???To specify a non-standard paper size in oversized printing, register the paper size as a Custom Media Size. Oversized printing is not available with ???Custom Size.??? (???P.331)

For instructions on oversized printing, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Printing at Full Size (Windows) (???P.290)

???Printing at Full Size (Mac OS X) (???P.292)

???Printing at Full Size (Mac OS 9) (???P.295)

278 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing at full size

Borderless Printing at Actual Size

Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters (made up mainly of photos or images) without a surrounding margin, or border.

Borderless Printing

In regular printing, a margin required by the printer is added around the original. With borderless printing, you can print documents without the margin, so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper.

Important

???Borderless printing is only available with rolls.

???Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular widths. For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing, refer to the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108)

???If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. (???P.144)

If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.

???Paper incompatible with the printer???s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only.

???These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing: special page layouts, centering originals, and printing cut lines on rolls.

???You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size.

???When borderless printing is used, the edge of the paper is cut during printing. Thus, ink density may be uneven at the edges. If you require higher image quality, specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver. In this case, the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only. After ejecting and cutting the printed document, use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges.

???By factory default, the ink drying time is disabled for all paper. When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not dry yet, it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut, depending on frequency of use. In this case, follow these steps to change the ink drying time.

1.On the Main sheet of the printer driver, click Settings in Media Type.

2.Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time.

Borderless Printing Method

Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original, as desired.

Enhanced Printing Options 279

Printing at full size

Print Image with Actual Size

Prints originals at actual size, without enlarging or reducing them. Originals must be prepared in a size that exceeds the dimensions of the paper by 3 mm (0.12 in) on each side.

Note

???Not all page sizes are available.

???Even if you prepare originals of the same size as the paper size, the originals are automatically enlarged when you print borderlessly in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size. This may affect image quality. When image quality is most important, make the original 3 mm longer on each side than the paper size so that the image can be printed at actual size in borderless printing.

For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows) (???P.281)

???Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X) (???P.283)

???Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9) (???P.286)

280 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing at full size

Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows)

This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.

If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. (???P.144)

If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: 10??12 inches (254.0??304.8 mm)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper

???Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.Create the original in the source application 3 mm (0.12 in) larger on each side than 254.0??304.8 mm (10 ?? 12 in) -that is, 260.0??310.8 mm (10.2 ?? 12.2 in)

Note

???If you can specify the margin, as in Microsoft Word, set the margin at 0 mm. For instructions on specifying the margin, refer to the software documentation.

???The extra 3 mm (0.12 in) on each side will not be printed. Create the original so that it ???ts inside the paper area to be printed on.

2.Choose Print in the application menu.

3.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

4.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

5. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight Coated Paper.

6. Select the print target in the E Print Target list.

Enhanced Printing Options 281

Printing at full size

7. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

8. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the source application. In this case, click 10"x12".

9. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

10. Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box.

11. Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list-in this case, click 10-in. Roll (254.0mm).

12. Click OK to close the Information dialog box.

13. In C Borderless Printing Method, click F Print Image with Actual Size.

14. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

282 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing at full size

Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.

If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. (???P.144)

The platen may be soiled from borderless printing if you do not attach it.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: 10 ?? 12 inches (254.0??304.8 mm)-Borderless

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper

???Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. In the C Paper Size list, choose a paper size supported for borderless printing. Here, click

10"x12" - Borderless.

Note

???Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by ???-Borderless.???

4.Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5.In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.

6.Choose Print in the application menu.

7.Access the Main pane.

Enhanced Printing Options 283

Printing at full size

8. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight Coated Paper.

9. Select the print target in the E Print Target list.

10. Access the Page Setup pane.

11. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

12. Con???rm that the roll paper width matches the paper size.

Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10 in. (254.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information.

284 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing at full size

Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.

If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. (???P.144)

If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: 10 ?? 12 inches (254.0??304.8 mm)-Borderless

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper

???Roll width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In D Print Area Setting, click H For Broderless Printing.

4. In the A Page Size list, choose a paper size supported for borderless printing. Here, click

10"x12" - Borderless.

Note

???Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by ???-Borderless.???

5.Click I OK to close the dialog box.

6.In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.

7.Choose Print in the application menu.

286 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing at full size

Printing at Full Size (Windows)

This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example. (Oversized Printing)

???Document: Any Type

???Page Size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

5. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

6. Click O Size Options to display the Media Size Options dialog box.

7. In the Media Size Options dialog box, select the Oversize check box in Display Series.

8. Click OK to close the Media Size Options dialog box.

290 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing at full size

9. Click Oversize - ISO A4 in the A Page Size list.

10. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

11. Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll (420.0mm).

12. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Note

???You can select Oversize in Display Series to make all oversized versions of paper in the selected Display Series available for printing. These sizes are displayed in the Page Size list in the format

Oversize - xxxxxx.

Enhanced Printing Options 291

Printing at full size

Printing at Full Size (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example. (Oversized Printing)

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4 - Oversize.

Note

???For oversized printing, choose paper identi???ed by the regular paper name followed by ???- Oversize.???

4.Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5.Choose Print in the application menu.

6.Access the Main pane.

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

8. Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.

292 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing at full size

Printing at Full Size (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example. (Oversized Printing)

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In D Print Area Setting, click G For printing oversizes.

4. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

5. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

6. Choose Print in the application menu.

7. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

8. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

9. Select the printing application in the F Print Target list.

Enhanced Printing Options 295

Printing at full size

10. Access the Finishing pane.

11. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

12. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,

ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main pane and update the printer information.

13. Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

296 Enhanced Printing Options

Borderless Printing

Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size

Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters (made up mainly of photos or images) without a surrounding margin, or border.

Borderless Printing

Important

???Borderless printing is only available with rolls.

???If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. (???P.144)

If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.

???Paper incompatible with the printer???s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only.

???These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing: special page layouts, centering originals, and printing cut lines on rolls.

???You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size.

1.On the Main sheet of the printer driver, click Settings in Media Type.

2.Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time.

Borderless Printing Method

Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original, as desired.

Enhanced Printing Options 297

Borderless Printing

Fit Media Size

Enlarge or reduce the original to match the size of the paper you are using.

Note

???The printer driver automatically enlarges originals 3 mm (0.12 in) past the dimensions of the paper on each side. The 3 mm portion beyond the edge on each side is not printed.

For instructions on borderless printing of photos, images, and other documents to match the paper size, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Windows) (???P.321)

???Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS X) (???P.323)

???Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS 9) (???P.326)

298 Enhanced Printing Options

Borderless Printing

Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width

Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters (made up mainly of photos or images) without a surrounding margin, or border.

Borderless Printing

Important

???Borderless printing is only available with rolls.

???If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. (???P.144)

If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.

???Paper incompatible with the printer???s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only.

???These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing: special page layouts, centering originals, and printing cut lines on rolls.

???You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size.

1.On the Main sheet of the printer driver, click Settings in Media Type.

2.Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time.

Borderless Printing Method

Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original, as desired.

Enhanced Printing Options 299

Borderless Printing

Scale to ???t Roll Paper Width

Enlarge or reduce the original as a whole to match the roll paper width.

Note

???You can combine this function with rotating pages 90 degrees before printing so that the original width (relative to portrait orientation) matches the roll paper width in borderless printing.

For instructions on borderless printing of photos, images, and other documents to match the roll paper width, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Windows) (???P.312)

???Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS X) (???P.314)

???Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS 9) (???P.317)

300 Enhanced Printing Options

Borderless Printing

Borderless Printing at Actual Size

Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters (made up mainly of photos or images) without a surrounding margin, or border.

Borderless Printing

Important

???Borderless printing is only available with rolls.

???If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. (???P.144)

If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.

???Paper incompatible with the printer???s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only.

???These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing: special page layouts, centering originals, and printing cut lines on rolls.

???You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size.

1.On the Main sheet of the printer driver, click Settings in Media Type.

2.Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time.

Borderless Printing Method

Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original, as desired.

Enhanced Printing Options 301

Borderless Printing

Print Image with Actual Size

Prints originals at actual size, without enlarging or reducing them. Originals must be prepared in a size that exceeds the dimensions of the paper by 3 mm (0.12 in) on each side.

Note

???Not all page sizes are available.

For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows) (???P.281)

???Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X) (???P.283)

???Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9) (???P.286)

302 Enhanced Printing Options

Borderless Printing

Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows)

This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.

If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. (???P.144)

If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: 10??12 inches (254.0??304.8 mm)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper

???Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.Create the original in the source application 3 mm (0.12 in) larger on each side than 254.0??304.8 mm (10 ?? 12 in) -that is, 260.0??310.8 mm (10.2 ?? 12.2 in)

Note

???If you can specify the margin, as in Microsoft Word, set the margin at 0 mm. For instructions on specifying the margin, refer to the software documentation.

???The extra 3 mm (0.12 in) on each side will not be printed. Create the original so that it ???ts inside the paper area to be printed on.

2.Choose Print in the application menu.

3.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

4.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

5. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight Coated Paper.

6. Select the print target in the E Print Target list.

Enhanced Printing Options 303

Borderless Printing

7. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

8. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the source application. In this case, click 10"x12".

9. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

10. Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box.

11. Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list-in this case, click 10-in. Roll (254.0mm).

12. Click OK to close the Information dialog box.

13. In C Borderless Printing Method, click F Print Image with Actual Size.

14. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

304 Enhanced Printing Options

Borderless Printing

Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.

If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. (???P.144)

The platen may be soiled from borderless printing if you do not attach it.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: 10 ?? 12 inches (254.0??304.8 mm)-Borderless

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper

???Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. In the C Paper Size list, choose a paper size supported for borderless printing. Here, click

10"x12" - Borderless.

Note

???Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by ???-Borderless.???

4.Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5.In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.

6.Choose Print in the application menu.

7.Access the Main pane.

Enhanced Printing Options 305

Borderless Printing

8. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight Coated Paper.

9. Select the print target in the E Print Target list.

10. Access the Page Setup pane.

11. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

12. Con???rm that the roll paper width matches the paper size.

Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10 in. (254.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information.

306 Enhanced Printing Options

Borderless Printing

Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.

If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. (???P.144)

If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: 10 ?? 12 inches (254.0??304.8 mm)-Borderless

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper

???Roll width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In D Print Area Setting, click H For Broderless Printing.

4. In the A Page Size list, choose a paper size supported for borderless printing. Here, click

10"x12" - Borderless.

Note

???Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by ???-Borderless.???

5.Click I OK to close the dialog box.

6.In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.

7.Choose Print in the application menu.

308 Enhanced Printing Options

Borderless Printing

Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Windows)

This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the roll width, based on the following example.

If you use n A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. (???P.144)

If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper

???Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.

Note

???If you can specify the margin, as in Microsoft Word, set the margin at 0 mm. For instructions on specifying the margin, refer to the software documentation.

2.Choose Print in the application menu.

3.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

4.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

5. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight Coated Paper.

6. Select the print target in the E Print Target list.

312 Enhanced Printing Options

Borderless Printing

7. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

8. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application. In this case, click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").

9. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

10. Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box.

11. Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list-in this case, click 10-in. Roll (254.0mm).

12. Click OK to close the Information dialog box.

13. In C Borderless Printing Method, make sure E Scale to ???t Roll Paper Width is selected.

14. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Enhanced Printing Options 313

Borderless Printing

Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width, based on the following example. If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the

Roll Holder. (???P.144)

If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper

???Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

Note

???All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to ???t the roll width.

4.Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5.In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.

6.Choose Print in the application menu.

7.Access the Main pane.

314 Enhanced Printing Options

Borderless Printing

8. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight Coated Paper.

9. Select the print target in the E Print Target list.

10. Access the Page Setup pane.

11. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

12. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-here, 10 in. (254.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information.

Enhanced Printing Options 315

Borderless Printing

13. Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the

Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.

14. Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

15. Select the H Borderless Printing check box.

This ensures that F Fit Roll Paper Width is automatically selected in D Enlarged/Reduced Printing.

16. Con???rm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

316 Enhanced Printing Options

Borderless Printing

Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS 9)

Roll Holder. (???P.144)

If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper

???Roll width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

Note

???All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to ???t the roll width.

4.Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5.In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.

6.Choose Print in the application menu.

Enhanced Printing Options 317

Borderless Printing

14. Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the

Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.

15. Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

16. Select the G Borderless Printing check box.

This ensures that E Fit Roll Paper Width is automatically selected in C Enlarged/Reduced Printing.

17. Con???rm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

320 Enhanced Printing Options

Borderless Printing

Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Windows)

This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size, based on the following example.

If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. (???P.144)

If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: 10??12 inches (254.0??304.8 mm)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper

???Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.

Note

???If you can specify the margin, as in Microsoft Word, set the margin at 0 mm. For instructions on specifying the margin, refer to the software documentation.

2.Choose Print in the application menu.

3.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

4.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

5. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight Coated Paper.

6. Select the print target in the E Print Target list.

Enhanced Printing Options 321

Borderless Printing

7. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

8. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application. In this case, click 10"x12".

9. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

10. Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box.

11. Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list-in this case, click 10-in. Roll (254.0mm).

12. Click OK to close the Information dialog box.

13. In C Borderless Printing Method, click D Fit Media Size.

14. Click Match Page Size in the G Media Size list.

15. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

322 Enhanced Printing Options

Borderless Printing

Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size, based on the following example.

If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. (???P.144)

If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: 10??12 inches (254.0??304.8 mm)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper

???Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".

Note

???All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to match the paper size.

4.Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5.In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.

6.Choose Print in the application menu.

7.Access the Main pane.

Enhanced Printing Options 323

Borderless Printing

8. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight Coated Paper.

9. Select the print target in the E Print Target list.

10. Access the Page Setup pane.

11. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

12. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10 in. (254.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information.

324 Enhanced Printing Options

Borderless Printing

13. Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the

Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, 10"x12".

14. Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

15. Select the H Borderless Printing check box.

16. Click E Fit Media Size under D Enlarged/Reduced Printing.

17. In I Media Size, click the paper size. In this case, click 10"x12" - Borderless.

18. Con???rm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

Enhanced Printing Options 325

Borderless Printing

Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size, based on the following example.

If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder. (???P.144)

If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: 10??12 inches (254.0??304.8 mm)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper

???Roll width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".

Note

???All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to match the paper size.

4.Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5.In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.

6.Choose Print in the application menu.

326 Enhanced Printing Options

Borderless Printing

14. Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the

Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, 10"x12".

15. Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

16. Select the G Borderless Printing check box.

17. Click D Fit Media Size under C Enlarged/Reduced Printing.

18. In H Media Size, click the paper size. In this case, click 10"x12" - Borderless.

19. Con???rm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

Enhanced Printing Options 329

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing)

You can create vertical or horizontal banners by printing originals that are in banner format on rolls. Originals created in Microsoft Word or other applications in your preferred size can be enlarged to ???ll the width of roll paper by completing simple printer driver settings.

Fit Roll Paper Width

You can easily create vertical or horizontal banners by automatically enlarging or reducing originals to ???t the full width of rolls.

Note

??? The maximum supported roll length is 18.0 m or 19.7 yd (when printing in Mac OS X).

For instructions on printing vertical or horizontal banners, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Windows) (???P.341)

???Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Mac OS X) (???P.345)

???Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Mac OS 9) (???P.348)

Important

???Before printing, check how much of the roll paper is left. If you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper, a warning message is displayed when there is not enough roll paper left.

???If not much ink is left, prepare replacement ink tanks.

???To print at a higher level of quality, in the printer driver, choose High or Highest in Print Quality, and choose Unidirectional Printing as the direction of printing.

330 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes

By specifying the paper size, you can print on non-standard sizes of paper.

There are two ways to print on non-standard paper sizes, as follows.

Registering non-standard paper size in the printer driver

After you register non-standard paper sizes, they are listed with standard sizes so that you can choose them anytime as needed.

Note

???These non-standard paper sizes you register in the printer driver are called Custom Media Size in Windows and Mac OS 9. In Mac OS X, they are called ???Custom Sizes.???

Specifying custom media sizes for temporary use

Because these are sizes you specify temporarily in the printer driver, the sizes will not be available after you exit the application. If you want to set up a non-standard paper size so that it will always be available, we recommend registering the paper size in the printer driver.

Note

??? These temporary paper sizes you register on the printer are called ???Custom Sizes??? in Windows.

For instructions on specifying non-standard paper sizes for printing, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Windows) (???P.332)

???Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS X) (???P.336)

???Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS 9) (???P.338)

Enhanced Printing Options 331

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Windows)

This topic describes two ways to print on non-standard paper sizes.

???Printing by using Custom Size (???P.332)

???Printing by using Custom Media Size (???P.334)

Printing by using Custom Size

This section describes how to print using Custom Size based on the following example.

???Document: Scanned image

???Page size: Square of non-standard dimensions (430??430 mm [16.9??16.9 in])

???Paper: Sheets ( Manual )

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Paper size: A square sheet (430??430 mm [16.9??16.9 in])

1.Load the square paper (430??430 mm [16.9??16.9 in]) in the Top Paper Feed Slot.

2.Choose Print in the source application menu.

3.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

4.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

5. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

6. After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Scanned Image in the E Print Target

list.

332 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

7. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

8. Click Manual in the L Media Source list.

9. Click Custom Size in the A Page Size list to display the Custom Size Settings dialog box.

10. Complete the following settings in the Custom Size Settings dialog box.

1.Select mm or inch in Units.

2.Enter ???430??? [16.9 in] in both Width and Height.

11.Click OK to close the Custom Size Settings dialog box.

12.Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For instructions on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Enhanced Printing Options 333

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

Printing by using Custom Media Size

This section describes how to print using Custom Media Size based on the following example. First, register a non-standard paper size called ???430 mm Square??? as a Custom Media Size.

???Document: Scanned image

???Page size: A square sheet (430??430 mm [16.9??16.9 in])

???Paper: Sheets ( Manual )

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Paper size: A square sheet (430??430 mm [16.9??16.9 in])

1.Load the square paper (430??430 mm [16.9??16.9 in]) in the Top Paper Feed Slot.

2.Choose Print in the source application menu.

3.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

4.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

5. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

6. After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Scanned Image in the E Print Target

list.

334 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

7. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

8. Click O Size Options to display the Media Size Options dialog box.

9. Complete the following settings in the Media Size Options dialog box.

1.Enter a desired paper name in Custom Media Size Name. ???430 mm Square??? is used in this example.

2.Select mm or inch in Units.

3.Enter ???430??? [16.9 in] in both Width and Height.

Note

???If you select the Fix the Ratio of the Width to Height check box, after you enter a value in either Width or Height, the other value will be automatically applied based on the original aspect ratio.

10.Click Add to register ???430 mm Square.???

11.Click OK to close the Media Size Options dialog box.

12.Click Manual in the L Media Source list.

13.In the A Page Size list, click the size you added, "430 mm Square."

14.Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

???For instructions on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Enhanced Printing Options 335

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to print after registering ???Custom Media Size??? based on the following example. Here, you will register a non-standard paper size named ???430*430??? in ???Custom Media Size???.

???Document: Scanned image

???Page size: A square sheet (430??430 mm [16.9??16.9 in])

???Paper: Sheets ( Manual )

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Paper size: A square sheet (430??430 mm [16.9??16.9 in])

Note

???The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10.4. The method of setting up non-standard paper sizes varies depending on the version of Mac OS X.

1.Create the document in the application.

2.Load the square paper (430??430 mm [16.9??16.9 in]) in the Top Paper Feed Slot.

3.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

4. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

5. Click Manage Custom Sizes in the C Paper Size list to display the Custom Page Sizes

dialog box.

6. In Page Size, enter the height and width of the original. Here, enter ???43.00 cm??? in Height and

Width.

7. In Printer Margins, enter ???0.3??? for the top and side margins and ???2.3??? for the bottom margin. Here, measurements are entered in centimeters.

8. Double-click Untitled in the list at left in the Custom Page Sizes dialog box and enter the paper name-in this case, ???430*430???.

9. Click OK to close the Custom Page Sizes dialog box.

10. In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ???430*430???, the size you registered.

11. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

12. Choose Print in the application menu.

336 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

13. Access the Main pane.

14. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

15. After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Scanned Image in the E Print Target list.

16. Access the Page Setup pane.

17. Click Manual in the A Media Source list.

18. In D Easy Settings, make sure ???430*430??? is displayed, as registered in Page Setup.

19. Con???rm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

Enhanced Printing Options 337

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to print using Custom Media Size based on the following example. Here, you will register a non-standard paper size named ???430*430??? in Custom Media Size.

???Document: Scanned image

???Page size: A square sheet (430??430 mm [16.9??16.9 in])

???Paper: Sheets ( Manual )

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Paper size: A square sheet (430??430 mm [16.9??16.9 in])

1.Create the document in the application.

2.Load the square paper (430??430 mm [16.9??16.9 in]) in the Top Paper Feed Slot.

3.Select the printer in Chooser.

4.Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

5. Click Media Design in the Page Attribute list to display the Media Design pane.

6. Enter a paper name of your choice in B Custom Name. ???430*430??? is used in this example.

7. In F Media Size, enter the height and width of the original. Here, enter ???430??? in H Hght and G

Wid..

8. Click J Add to add the paper size named ???430*430???.

338 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

9. Access the Page Attribute dialog box.

10. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ???430*430???, the size you registered.

11. In D Print Area Setting, click F For Manual printing.

12. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

13. Choose Print in the application menu.

14. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

15. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

16. After con???rming that EEasy Settings is selected, click Scanned Image in the FPrint Target list.

Enhanced Printing Options 339

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Windows)

This topic describes how to print a banner about ???ve times as long as the roll width based on the following example.

???Document: A horizontal banner created in Microsoft Word

???Page size: Non-standard (100??500 mm [3.9??19.7 in])

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: 16 in (406.4 mm)

Follow the steps below to print a banner in either horizontal or vertical format.

1.Register a Custom Media Size.

Banners tend to be in non-standard sizes, so register a Custom Media Size. In this example, 100??500 mm (3.9??19.7 in) is registered.

2.In the application, create an original in the size you registered.

3.Print the banner, using the settings that correspond to banners.

Registering a Custom Media Size

This example describes how to register a paper size that is horizontally elongated and suitable for banners in either horizontal or vertical format.

1. Display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.149)

2. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

3. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

4. Click O Size Options to display the Media Size Options dialog box.

5. Enter a desired paper name in Custom Media Size Name. ???My Horizontal Banner??? is used in this example.

6. In Units, click mm.

7. Under Media Size, enter ???100??? in Width and ???500??? in Height.

8. Click Add to add the paper size of ???My Horizontal Banner.???

9. Click OK to close the Media Size Options dialog box.

Enhanced Printing Options 341

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

10. Close the printer driver dialog box.

Note

???You can also specify a Custom Size as the paper size. Note that Custom Size settings are not available after you exit the application.

For more information, see ???Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Windows)???. (???P.332)

Creating the banner in the application

Follow the steps below to create the banner in Microsoft Word using the Custom Media Size you registered.

1. Start Microsoft Word.

2. Choose Page Setup from the File menu to display the Page Setup dialog box.

3. Under Paper Size, click the Custom Media Size you registered-"My Horizontal Banner" in this example.

Important

???If "My Horizontal Banner" is not listed, make sure this printer is selected as the printer to use.

???In applications such as Microsoft PowerPoint that do not enable you to choose registered paper sizes, use the custom paper size setting in ???Custom??? and specify 100??500 mm (3.9??19.7 in)

4.Set the printing orientation to horizontal

5.Create the banner.

Printing the banner

Follow the steps below to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings.

1. Choose Print in the Microsoft Word menu.

2. Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3. Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

342 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

5. After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click POP Ad in the E Print Target list.

6. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

7. In the A Page Size list, click the size you registered, "My Horizontal Banner."

8. Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

Note

???If the Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box is not displayed on the Page Setup sheet, clear the

B Borderless Printing check box.

Enhanced Printing Options 343

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

9. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

10. After you click E Fit Roll Paper Width, the Information dialog box is displayed.

11. Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list. In this case, click 16-in. Roll (406.4mm), and then click OK.

12. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For instructions on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Note

???If printing is unsuccessful, you may be able to print after completing the following setting.

1.On the Layout sheet, click M Special Settings to display the Special Settings dialog box.

2. In the FineZoom Settings list, click Yes.

344 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to print a banner about ???ve times as long as the roll width based on the following example.

???Document: An original designed for a horizontal banner

???Page Size: Non-standard (100??500 mm [3.9??19.7 in])

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: 16 inches (406.4 mm)

Follow the steps below to print a banner in either horizontal or vertical format.

1.In the application, create an original in the format of a horizontal or vertical banner.

2.Register a ???Custom Page Size.???

Banners tend to be in non-standard sizes, so register a ???Custom Page Size??? in Page Setup. In this example, 100??500 mm (3.9??19.7 in) is registered.

3.Print the banner, using the settings that correspond to banners.

Note

???The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10.4. The method of setting up non-standard paper sizes varies depending on the version of Mac OS X.

This example describes how to register and print using a page size that is horizontally elongated and suitable for banners in either horizontal or vertical format.

1. Create the document in the application.

2. Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

4. Click Manage Custom Sizes in the C Paper Size list to display the Custom Page Sizes dialog box.

5. Double-click Untitled in the list at left, and then enter a name for the page size you want to register. Here, enter ???100*500.???

If the Untitled size is not listed at left, click + below the list.

6. Under Page Size, enter ???10??? in Width and ???50??? in Height. Here, measurements are entered in centimeters.

7. Specify the margins by entering ???0.3??? in Printer Margins. Here, too, measurements are entered in centimeters.

Enhanced Printing Options 345

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

8. Click OK to close the Custom Page Sizes dialog box.

9. In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click "100*500", the size

you registered.

10. In D Orientation, click the icon of the document in landscape orientation.

11. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

Print the banner

Follow the steps below to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings.

1. Choose Print in the application menu.

2. Access the Main pane.

3. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

4. After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click POP in the E Print Target list.

5. Access the Page Setup pane.

346 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

6. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

7. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 16

in. (406.4mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information.

8. In C Page Size, make sure "100*500" is displayed, as registered in Page Setup.

9. Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

10. Click F Fit Roll Paper Width.

11. Con???rm the print settings, and click M Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

Enhanced Printing Options 347

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to print a banner about ???ve times as long as the roll width based on the following example.

???Document: An original designed for a horizontal banner

???Page size: Non-standard (100??500 mm, [3.9??19.7 in])

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

The steps to print a vertical or horizontal banner are as follows.

1.In the application, create an original in the format of a horizontal or vertical banner.

2.Register a Custom Media Size in Media Design.

Banners tend to be in non-standard sizes, so register a Custom Media Size. In this example, 100??500 mm (3.9??19.7 in) is registered.

3.Print the banner, using the settings that correspond to banners.

This example describes how to register and print using a page size that is horizontally elongated and suitable for banners in either horizontal or vertical format.

1. Create the document in the application.

2. Select the printer in Chooser.

3. Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

4. Click Media Design in the Page Attribute list to display the Media Design pane.

348 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

5. Enter a desired paper name in BCustom Name. ???My Horizontal Banner??? is used in this example.

6. In C Units, click D mm.

7. Under F Media Size, enter ???100??? in G Wid. and ???500??? in H Hght.

8. Click J Add to add the paper size of ???My Horizontal Banner.???

9. Access the Page Attribute dialog box.

10. In the A Page Size list, click the size you added, ???My Horizontal Banner.???

11. In B Orientation, click the icon of the document in landscape orientation.

12. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

Enhanced Printing Options 349

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

Print the banner

Follow these steps to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings.

1. Choose Print in the application menu.

2. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

3. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

4. After con???rming that E Easy Settings is selected, click POP in the F Print Target list.

5. Access the Finishing pane.

350 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes

6. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

7. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10

in. (254.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main pane and update the printer information.

8. Access the Page Setup pane.

9. In B Page Size, make sure ???My Horizontal Banner??? is displayed, as registered in Media Design.

10. Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

11. Click E Fit Roll Paper Width.

12. Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

Enhanced Printing Options 351

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other

By arranging originals from word-processing or spreadsheet programs or web browser screen shots next to each other on single sheets, you can create highly expressive presentation materials, easy-to-understand meeting materials, and a variety of other printed documents.

Free Layout (Windows)

Besides combining multiple pages in a single-page layout, you can combine originals from multiple ???les-even multiple source applications-in a single-page layout.

352 Enhanced Printing Options

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

imagePROGRAF Free Layout (Macintosh)

Besides combining multiple pages in a single-page layout, you can combine originals from multiple ???les-even multiple source applications-in a single-page layout.

Important

??? The driver must be installed from the User Software CD-ROM to use this function.

For instructions on arranging originals from multiple applications, refer to the following topics.

???Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (Windows) (???P.361)

???Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (Mac OS X) (???P.363)

Enhanced Printing Options 353

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

Printing Multiple Pages Continuously

You can print multiple pages as a single continuous image, without margins between pages.

Roll paper (banner)

Important

???This feature is only available with rolls. It cannot be used when printing on sheets.

???During banner printing, settings for conserving paper, number of copies, borderless printing, enlargement or reduction, and other layout-related settings are disregarded.

For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Windows) (???P.365)

???Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS X) (???P.366)

???Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS 9) (???P.368)

354 Enhanced Printing Options

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet

To conserve paper, you can print several pages of the original on a single sheet by reducing the original and dividing the sheet into areas for each page.

Page Layout

Specify a number of pages of the original to print on a single sheet, in a layout of multiple pages per sheet.

Note

???You can print up to 16 pages of the original on a single sheet.

???You can also change the page layout order and print page boundary lines, as desired.

Important

???This function cannot be combined with the following options.

???Borderless Printing

???Scaling Originals (Windows)

???Banner Printing (Windows)

For instructions on printing multiple pages per sheet, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Windows) (???P.370)

???Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS X) (???P.372)

???Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS 9) (???P.375)

Enhanced Printing Options 355

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

Printing Posters in Sections

You can enlarge an original to print it in sections on several sheets. By assembling the printed sheets, you can create a poster larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer.

Page Layout

Choose poster printing.

For instructions on printing large posters, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Printing Large Posters (Windows) (???P.357)

???Printing Large Posters (Mac OS 9) (???P.359)

Note

??? This method of poster printing is supported in Windows and Mac OS 9.

356 Enhanced Printing Options

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

Printing Large Posters (Windows)

You can enlarge an original to print it in sections on several sheets. By assembling the printed sheets, you can create a poster larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer. This topic describes how to enlarge an A2 original for printing it in sections on four sheets, based on the following example.

???Document: Poster

???Page size: A2 (420.0??594.0 mm [16.5 ?? 23.4 in])

???Paper: Sheets ( Manual )

???Paper Type: Glossy Paper

???Paper size: A2 (420.0??594.0 mm [16.5 ?? 23.4 in])

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy Paper.

5. Click Poster (Graphic Image) in the E Print Target list.

6. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

Enhanced Printing Options 357

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

7. In A Page Size, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application. In this case, click

ISO A2.

8. Click Manual in the L Media Source list.

9. Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.

10. Select the A Page Layout check box.

11. Click Poster (2 x 2) in the B Page Layout list.

Note

???Follow the steps below to print only a portion of the poster as divided for printing.

1.Click C Set under B Page Layout to display the Pages to Print dialog box.

2.On the Pages to Print dialog box, clear the check boxes of the portion you do not want to print.

3.Click OK to close the Pages to Print dialog box.

12.Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

???For instructions on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

358 Enhanced Printing Options

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

Printing Large Posters (Mac OS 9)

You can enlarge an original to print it in sections on several sheets. By assembling the printed sheets, you can create a poster larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer. This topic describes how to enlarge an A2 original for printing on four sheets of paper based on the following example.

???Document: Poster

???Page size: A2 (420.0??594.0 mm [16.5 ?? 23.4 in])

???Paper: Sheets ( Manual )

???Paper type: Glossy Paper

???Paper size: A2 (420.0??594.0 mm [16.5 ?? 23.4 in])

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A2.

4. In D Print Area Setting, click F For Manual printing.

5. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

6. Choose Print in the application menu.

7. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

Enhanced Printing Options 359

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

8. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy Paper.

9. After con???rming that E Easy Settings is selected, click Poster (Graphic Image) in the F Print Target list.

10. Access the Page Setup pane.

11. Select the I Page Layout check box.

12. Click Poster (2 x 2) in the I Page Layout list.

13. In the Pages to Print dialog box, clear the check boxes of any portion you do not want to print.

14. Access the Finishing pane.

15. Click Paper Tray Feed in the A Media Source list.

16. Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

360 Enhanced Printing Options

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (Windows)

This topic describes how to arrange multiple originals using the Free Layout function.

1. Choose Print in the application menu.

2. Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3. Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.

5. Select the A Page Layout check box.

6. Click Free Layout in the B Page Layout list.

Enhanced Printing Options 361

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

7. When you attempt to print, the imagePROGRAF Free Layout window is displayed. (At this point, the document will not be printed yet.)

8. Edit and rearrange the image in the imagePROGRAF Free Layout window as desired.

Important

???Without closing the imagePROGRAF Free Layout window, repeat steps 1-7 to arrange originals from multiple applications on the same page.

Note

???For instructions on editing and rearranging images, refer to the imagePROGRAF Free Layout help topic.

9.Print from the imagePROGRAF Free Layout menu.

Note

??? For details on imagePROGRAF Free Layout functions, refer to Free Layout Guide .

362 Enhanced Printing Options

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

4. Edit and rearrange the image in the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window as desired.

Important

???Without closing the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window, repeat steps 1-7 to arrange originals from multiple applications on the same page.

Note

???For instructions on editing and rearranging images, refer to the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout help topic.

5.Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout menu.

Note

???For details on Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout functions, refer to Free Layout Guide .

364 Enhanced Printing Options

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Windows)

This topic describes how to print multiple pages as a single continuous image, without margins between pages.

Important

???This feature is only available with rolls. It cannot be used when printing on sheets.

???During banner printing, settings for conserving paper, number of copies, borderless printing, enlargement or reduction, and other layout-related settings are disregarded.

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, click the type of paper that is loaded.

5. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

6. Click Roll Paper (Banner) in the L Media Source list.

7. Con???rm the print settings and start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Enhanced Printing Options 365

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to print multiple pages as a single continuous image, without margins between pages.

Important

???This feature is only available with rolls. It cannot be used when printing on sheets.

???During banner printing, settings for conserving paper, number of copies, borderless printing, enlargement or reduction, and other layout-related settings are disregarded.

1.Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. Click the original size in the C Paper Size list.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. In the source application menu, choose Print.

6. Access the Main pane.

7. In the A Media Type list, click the type of paper that is loaded.

8. Make your selection in the E Print Target list.

366 Enhanced Printing Options

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to print multiple pages as a single continuous image, without margins between pages.

Important

???This feature is only available with rolls. It cannot be used when printing on sheets.

???During banner printing, settings for conserving paper, number of copies, borderless printing, enlargement or reduction, and other layout-related settings are disregarded.

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. Click the original size in the A Page Size list.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. In the source application menu, choose Print.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

7. In the C Media Type list, click the type of paper that is loaded.

8. Make your selection in the F Print Target list.

368 Enhanced Printing Options

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Windows)

This topic describes how to print four pages of originals together on a single sheet based on the following example.

???Document: Any Type

???Page size: A3 (297.0??420.0 mm [11.7??16.5 in])

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

5. Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.

6. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

370 Enhanced Printing Options

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

7. In A Page Size, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application software. In this case, click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").

Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll (420.0mm).

10. Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.

11. Select the A Page Layout check box.

12. Click 4 Pages/Sheet in the B Page Layout list.

Note

???You can select the layout order for placing four pages on a sheet and a frame border in the Page Layout Printing dialog box by clicking C Set.

13.Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

???For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Enhanced Printing Options 371

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to print four pages of originals together on a single sheet based on the following example.

???Document: Any Type

???Page size: A3 (297.0 ?? 420.0 mm [11.7 ?? 16.5 in])

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A3.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Access the Layout pane.

7. Click 4 in the A Pages per Sheet list.

Note

???You can choose the layout order and specify a boundary line for the four pages in B Layout Direction and C Border (or Border ).

372 Enhanced Printing Options

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

13. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,

ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information.

14. Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as speci???ed in C Paper Size in the Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A3.

15. Con???rm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

374 Enhanced Printing Options

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to print four pages of originals together on a single sheet based on the following example.

???Document: Any Type

???Page size: A3 (297.0 ?? 420.0 mm [11.7 ?? 16.5 in])

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A3.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

8. Select the print target in the F Print Target list.

Enhanced Printing Options 375

Tiling and multiple pages per sheet

14. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,

ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main pane and update the printer information.

15. Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

Enhanced Printing Options 377

Centering originals

Printing Originals Centered on Rolls

You can print originals centered on a page-for example, if the paper is larger than the original, or if you are reducing the original.

Centering originals relative to roll paper width

If you use originals smaller than the roll paper width, you can center them relative to the width when printing.

Print Centered

Aligns the center of the original with the center of the roll, relative to the width.

For instructions on centering originals when printing on rolls, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Windows) (???P.380)

???Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS X) (???P.382)

???Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS 9) (???P.385)

378 Enhanced Printing Options

Centering originals

Printing Originals Centered on Sheets

You can print originals centered on a page-for example, if the paper is larger than the original, or if you are reducing the original.

Centering originals on sheets

If you use paper larger than the original size or print originals after reduction, the printed images may be aligned in the upper-left corner of the paper. In this case, you can center originals on sheets when printing.

Print Centered

Aligns the center of the original with the center of the sheet.

For instructions on centering originals when printing on sheets, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Windows) (???P.388)

???Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS X) (???P.390)

???Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS 9) (???P.392)

Enhanced Printing Options 379

Centering originals

Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Windows)

This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

5. Select the print target in the E Print Target list.

6. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

380 Enhanced Printing Options

Centering originals

7. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application. In this case, click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").

8. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

9. Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A3/A4 Roll (297.0mm).

10. Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.

11. Select the G Print Centered check box.

12. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Enhanced Printing Options 381

Centering originals

Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.00 mm [11.7 in])

1.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the print target in the B Format for list.

3. In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Access the Main pane.

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

8. Select the print target in the E Print Target list.

382 Enhanced Printing Options

Centering originals

Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

8. Select the print target in the F Print Target list.

Enhanced Printing Options 385

Centering originals

12. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

13. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width -in this case, ISO

A3/A4 (297.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main pane and update the printer information.

14. Select the F Print Centered check box.

15. Con???rm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

Enhanced Printing Options 387

Centering originals

Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Windows)

This topic describes how to reduce an original 50% for printing centered on a sheet.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Sheets ( Manual )

???Paper Type: Plain Paper

???Paper size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

5. Select the type of document in the E Print Target list.

6. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

7. In A Page Size, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application software. In this case, click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").

388 Enhanced Printing Options

Centering originals

8. Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.

9. Click Match Page Size in the G Media Size list.

10. Click F Scaling and enter ???50.???

11. Click Manual in the L Media Source list.

12. Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.

13. Select the G Print Centered check box.

14. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For instructions on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Important

???If you have selected Manual as the media source but have not loaded the paper yet, follow the instructions on the printer control panel to complete the size setting before loading the paper.

Enhanced Printing Options 389

Centering originals

Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to center originals for printing on sheets, based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4/Letter

???Paper: Sheets

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Paper size: Non-standard

1.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

3. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

4. In the application software menu, choose Print.

5. Access the Main pane.

6. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

7. Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.

390 Enhanced Printing Options

Centering originals

8. Access the Page Setup pane.

9. Click Manual in the A Media Source list.

10. Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as speci???ed in C Paper Size in the Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.

11. Select the J Print Centered check box.

12. Con???rm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

Important

???If you have selected Manual as the media source but have not loaded the paper yet, follow the instructions on the printer control panel to complete the size setting before loading the paper.

Enhanced Printing Options 391

Centering originals

Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to center originals for printing on sheets, based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4/Letter

???Paper: Sheets ( Manual )

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Paper size: Non-standard

1.Choose Page Setup from the source application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

3. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

4. In the source application menu, choose Print.

5. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

6. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

7. Select the printing application in the F Print Target list.

392 Enhanced Printing Options

Centering originals

11. Click Manual in the A Media Source list.

12. Select the F Print Centered check box.

13. Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

Important

???If you have selected Manual as the media source but have not loaded the paper yet, follow the instructions on the printer control panel to complete the size setting before loading the paper.

394 Enhanced Printing Options

Conserving roll paper

Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees

You can conserve roll paper by specifying particular settings as suitable for your original.

Rotate Page 90 degrees (Conserve Paper)

When originals are printed in portrait orientation, the original is rotated 90 degrees before printing if it ???ts within the roll width. This enables you to conserve paper.

Important

???If the page would exceed the roll paper width after rotation, use this function with Scale to ???t Roll Paper Width to print rotated pages.

For tips on conserving roll paper, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Windows) (???P.404)

???Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Mac OS X) (???P.406)

???Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Mac OS 9) (???P.409)

Enhanced Printing Options 395

Conserving roll paper

Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins

You can conserve roll paper by specifying particular settings as suitable for your original.

No Spaces at Top or Bottom (Conserve Paper)

You can print without feeding the paper for blank portions of originals if there are top and bottom margins in originals. This enables you to conserve as much paper as the size of the margins.

Important

???Printing without the top and bottom margins is not supported in the following cases.

???Banner printing

???If you have chosen poster as the type of page layout

Note

???Even during borderless printing, you can print without the top and bottom margins.

???Printing without the top and bottom margins may cause inconsistency in the size of printed documents, depending on the layout of images or text in your originals.

For tips on conserving roll paper, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Windows) (???P.397)

???Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS X) (???P.399)

???Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS 9) (???P.402)

396 Enhanced Printing Options

Conserving roll paper

Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Windows)

This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin, based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

5. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

Enhanced Printing Options 397

Conserving roll paper

6. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application. In this case, click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").

7. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

8. Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A3/A4 Roll (297.0mm).

9. Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.

10. Select the I No Spaces at Top or Bottom (Conserve Paper) check box.

11. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

398 Enhanced Printing Options

Conserving roll paper

Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin, based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])

1.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the print target in the B Format for list.

3. In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Access the Main pane.

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

Enhanced Printing Options 399

Conserving roll paper

Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin, based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

402 Enhanced Printing Options

Conserving roll paper

8. Access the Finishing pane.

9. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

10. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width -in this case, ISO A3/A4 (297.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main pane and update the printer information.

11. Select the H No Spaces at Top or Bottom check box.

12. Con???rm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

Enhanced Printing Options 403

Conserving roll paper

Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Windows)

This topic describes how to conserve paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing, based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3??11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])

This example illustrates how to rotate an A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3??11.7 in) original in portrait orientation 90 degrees to ???t within the width of A3/A4 roll paper (297.0 mm [11.7 in]), which enables you to conserve paper.

1. Choose Print in the application menu.

2. Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3. Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

5. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

404 Enhanced Printing Options

Conserving roll paper

6. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application. In this case, click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").

7. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

8. Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A3/A4 Roll

(297.0mm).

9. Select the K Rotate Page 90 degrees (Conserve Paper) check box.

10. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Enhanced Printing Options 405

Conserving roll paper

Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to conserve roll paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing, based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page Size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])

This example illustrates how to rotate an A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in) original in portrait orientation 90 degrees to ???t within the width of A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in]), which enables you to conserve paper.

1. Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Access the Main pane.

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

406 Enhanced Printing Options

Conserving roll paper

Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to conserve roll paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing, based on the following example.

???Document: Any type

???Page size: A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])

1. Select the printer in Chooser.

2. Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

Enhanced Printing Options 409

Conserving roll paper

8. Access the Finishing pane.

9. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

10. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,

ISO A3/A4 (297.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main pane and update the printer information.

11. Select the I Rotate Page 90 degrees check box.

12. Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

410 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing CAD Drawings

Using this printer, you can print ???ne lines and text clearly and sharply. It???s easy to produce highly precise drawings from CAD applications.

For instructions on CAD printing, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows) (???P.412)

???Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS X) (???P.414)

???Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9) (???P.417)

Enhanced Printing Options 411

Printing CAD Drawings

Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows)

This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example.

???Document: CAD drawing

???Page size: A3 (297.0 ?? 420.0 mm [11.7 ?? 16.5 in])

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

5. After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the E Print

Target list.

Note

???You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.

6.Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

412 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing CAD Drawings

7. In A Page Size, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application software. In this case, click ISO A3.

8. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

9. Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll (420.0mm).

10. Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Windows)???. (???P.441)

11. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Enhanced Printing Options 413

Printing CAD Drawings

Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example.

???Document: CAD drawing

???Page size: A3 (297.0 ?? 420.0 mm [11.7 ?? 16.5 in])

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A3.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Access the Main pane.

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

8. After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the E Print

Target list.

Note

??? You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set..

414 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing CAD Drawings

12. Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as speci???ed in C

Paper Size in the Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A3.

13. Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.492)

14. Con???rm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

416 Enhanced Printing Options

Printing CAD Drawings

Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example.

???Document: CAD drawing

???Page Size: A3 (297.0??420.0 mm [11.7 ?? 16.5 in])

???Paper: Sheets ( Manual )

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Paper size: A3 (297.0??420.0 mm [11.7 ?? 16.5 in])

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

Enhanced Printing Options 417

Printing CAD Drawings

8. After con???rming that E Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the F Print

Target list.

Note

???You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set.

9.Access the Finishing pane.

10. Click Manual in the A Media Source list.

11. Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.517)

12. Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

418 Enhanced Printing Options

Other useful settings

Printing With Watermarks

You can add watermarks (background images) to documents that require special handling.

Watermark

Watermarks are applied to all pages of your document.

Important

??? Watermarks are not printed if you select poster as the type of page layout.

The following watermarks are provided:

???CONFIDENTIAL (Windows)

???COPY (Windows and Mac OS 9)

???DRAFT (Windows and Mac OS 9)

???FILE COPY (Windows and Mac OS 9)

???FINAL (Windows)

???PRELIMINARY (Windows and Mac OS 9)

???PROOF (Windows)

???TOP SECRET (Windows and Mac OS 9)

You can also create your own watermarks. Specify the following options to customize your watermark.

???Watermark string: Specify the font, size, color, and so on. Surround the watermark with a frame, if desired.

???Watermark position: Specify the position on the page, the angle, and so on.

???Watermark printing method: Specify whether to print the watermark superimposed or under the document image. You can also print the watermark only on the ???rst page, if desired.

Note

???Watermarks are supported in Windows and Mac OS 9.

???In addition to the provided watermarks, you can create up to 50 original watermarks in Windows. In Mac OS 9, you can use up to 50 original watermarks including the watermarks provided.

For detailed instructions on printing with watermarks, refer to the following topics:

???Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on (Windows) (???P.436)

???Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on (Mac OS 9) (???P.438)

Enhanced Printing Options 419

Other useful settings

Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper

Orientation

You can specify the original orientation to match the orientation of the paper for printing.

Orientation

Paper is usually loaded in the printer in portrait orientation. When you have an original in landscape orientation, you can specify the printing orientation so that the original is printed in landscape orientation.

Rotate 180 degrees

The original is rotated 180 degrees to print it upside down.

Mirror

A mirror image of the original is printed.

For instructions on specifying the original orientation before printing, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Windows) (???P.429)

???Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Mac OS X) (???P.431)

???Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Mac OS 9) (???P.434)

420 Enhanced Printing Options

Other useful settings

Using Favorites

You can register print settings as ???favorites??? to reuse settings from a particular job that met your expectations, or settings for a particular page size that you will use repeatedly.

Favorites

Registering a favorite for later use. You can choose the settings you have registered from a list before printing, and you can check the settings details.

Note

???You can also save the favorite settings as ???les. Using these ???les is a convenient way to print under the same conditions on another computer. (In Windows and Mac OS 9.)

For instructions on using favorites to print, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Using Favorites (Windows) (???P.448)

???Using Favorites (Mac OS X) (???P.506)

???Using Favorites (Mac OS 9) (???P.529)

Cutting Roll Paper After Printing

Roll paper can be automatically cut after printing.

Note

???It may not be possible to cut certain types of paper, such as adhesive paper. For details on types of paper that cannot be used with the auto cut feature, see the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108)

Automatic Cutting

Roll paper is cut automatically after printing. If you prefer, you can print continuously without cutting the roll, or you can print a cut line.

For instructions on cutting roll paper after printing, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Windows) (???P.424)

???Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS X) (???P.425)

???Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS 9) (???P.427)

Enhanced Printing Options 421

Other useful settings

Printing from Photoshop

You can print images in the Adobe RGB color space that you have created in Photoshop, the Adobe Systems photo retouching application. Using the dedicated Photoshop printer driver plug-in (provided with the printer) makes it easy to print Adobe RGB images more attractively.

???Using the Plug-in to Print (???P.422)

???Using the Printer Driver to Print (???P.422)

Using the Plug-in to Print

The imagePROGRAF Print Plug-In for Photoshop is a dedicated plug-in provided with the printer that you can load in Photoshop and customize for your printing needs. By using the plug-in, you can print while preserving the 16-bit RGB data from Photoshop without losing the exceptional color gradations of original image. Some of the settings and customizations available in the plug-in are as follows.

???Automatic detection of the color space (sRGB or Adobe RGB) for automatic selection of the optimal pro???le. This feature eliminates the need to complete intricate settings when printing Adobe RGB images.

???Advanced gray adjustment, including adjustment of tone curves, in addition to an array of standard adjustments for color balance, brightness, contrast, highlight, and shadow.

???Fine-tune color tones in Photoshop while viewing a preview that accurately reproduces printing results.

???With print log management, you can save and load setting parameters from past print jobs.

Note

??? imagePROGRAF Print Plug-In for Photoshop for Windows and Macintosh are provided with the printer.

For instructions and details on which versions of Photoshop are compatible with the imagePROGRAF Print Plug-In for Photoshop, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???imagePROGRAF Print Plug-In for Photoshop Guide (Windows)

???imagePROGRAF Print Plug-In for Photoshop Guide (Macintosh)

Using the Printer Driver to Print

The printer driver offers the following settings and adjustments.

???Choose the standard sRBG color space or Adobe RGB as desired.

???Adjust the color balance, brightness, contrast, saturation, and gray levels.

For instructions on using the printer driver to print Adobe RGB images created in Photoshop, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Printing Adobe RGB Images (Windows) (???P.465)

???Printing Adobe RGB Images (Mac OS X) (???P.507)

???Printing Adobe RGB Images (Mac OS 9) (???P.531)

422 Enhanced Printing Options

Other useful settings

Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals

You can print a variety of source documents from word-processing or spreadsheet programs or screen shots from web browsers after composing an original with them using PosterArtist.

Important

??? PosterArtist (sold separately) must be installed to use this function.

Edit Using PosterArtist

PosterArtist offers a wide range of features, including features to insert source documents in posters and compose an original with them.

Important

??? This function is only supported in Windows.

For detailed instructions on editing with PosterArtist, refer to the following topic:

??? Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals (Windows) (???P.463)

Enhanced Printing Options 423

Other useful settings

Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Windows)

This topic describes how to cut roll paper automatically (using the auto cut function) after printing, as well as how to print a cut line to cut the paper manually.

Note

???Auto cut function is activated on the printer by factory default and when the printer driver is installed. Follow the steps below to reactivate the function after it is disabled, or to change the setting for printing a cut line instead.

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

4. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

5. Click N Auto Cut to display the Automatic Cutting Settingsdialog box.

6. To enable automatic cutting, click Yes in the A Automatic Cutting list. If you prefer to cut the paper later yourself, click Print Cut Guideline.

7. Click OK to close the Automatic Cutting Settings dialog box.

8. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Roll paper will be automatically cut after printing.

424 Enhanced Printing Options

Other useful settings

Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to cut roll paper automatically (using the auto cut function) after printing, as well as how to print a cut line to cut the paper manually.

Note

???The auto cut function is activated on the printer by factory default and when the printer driver is installed. Follow the steps below to reactivate the function once disabled, or select the setting for printing a

cut guideline instead.

1.Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list.

4. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Access the Page Setup pane.

7. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

Enhanced Printing Options 425

Other useful settings

8. Access the Main pane.

9. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.

10. Click C Set to display the Media Detailed Settingsdialog box.

11. To enable automatic cutting, click Printer Default in the H Automatic Cutting list. If you prefer to cut the paper later yourself, click Print Cut Guideline.

Important

???If the automatic cut function has been deactivated on the printer, change the auto cut setting on the printer Control Panel.

12.Click OK to close the Media Detailed Settings dialog box.

13.Con???rm the print settings, and click M Print to start printing.

Note

???For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

426 Enhanced Printing Options

Other useful settings

Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to cut roll paper automatically (using the auto cut function) after printing, as well as how to print a cut line to cut the paper manually.

Note

cut guideline instead.

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Access the Finishing pane.

7. Make sure Roll Paper is selected in A Media Source.

Enhanced Printing Options 427

Other useful settings

8. Access the Main pane.

9. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.

10. Click D Set to display the Media Detailed Settingsdialog box.

11. To enable automatic cutting, click Printer Default in the H Automatic Cutting list. If you prefer to cut the paper later yourself, click Print Cut Guideline.

Important

???If the automatic cut function has been deactivated on the printer, change the auto cut setting on the printer Control Panel.

12.Click OK to close the Media Detailed Settings dialog box.

13.Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

???For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

428 Enhanced Printing Options

Other useful settings

Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper

Orientation (Windows)

This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation, based on the following example.

???Document: An original in landscape orientation

???Page size: A4 (210.0 ?? 297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

5. Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.

6. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

Enhanced Printing Options 429

Other useful settings

7. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application. In this case,

click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").

8. In H Orientation, click J Landscape.

9. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

10. Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll (420.0mm).

11. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

430 Enhanced Printing Options

Other useful settings

Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation, based on the following example.

???Document: An original in landscape orientation

???Page size: A4 (210.0 ?? 297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

2. Select the printer in the B Format for list.

3. In the C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. In D Orientation, click the icon of the document in landscape orientation.

5. Click F OK to close the dialog box.

6. Choose Print in the application menu.

7. Access the Main pane.

8. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

9. Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.

Enhanced Printing Options 431

Other useful settings

Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation, based on the following example.

???Document: An original in landscape orientation

???Page size: A4 (210.0 ?? 297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 ?? 11.7 in)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.

4. In B Orientation, click the icon of the document in landscape orientation.

5. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

6. Choose Print in the application menu.

7. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

8. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

434 Enhanced Printing Options

Other useful settings

9. Select the printing application in the F Print Target list.

10. Access the Finishing pane.

11. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

12. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,

ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main pane and update the printer information.

13. Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

Enhanced Printing Options 435

Other useful settings

Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on (Windows)

This topic describes how to print of???ce documents with a watermark (in this case, ???FILE COPY???) based on the following example.

???Document: CAD drawing

???Page size: A2 (420.0 ?? 594.0 mm [16.5 ?? 23.4 in])

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

5. After con???rming that D Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the E Print

Target list.

Note

??? You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.

436 Enhanced Printing Options

Other useful settings

6. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

7. In A Page Size, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the application software. In this case, click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").

Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll (420.0mm).

10. Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.

11. Select the D Watermark check box.

12. Click FILE COPY in the E Watermarks list.

Note

???To create your own, original watermark, click F Edit Watermark. Refer to the printer driver help for instructions on modifying watermarks to create your own.

13.Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

???For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Enhanced Printing Options 437

Other useful settings

Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to print of???ce documents with a watermark (in this case, ???FILE COPY???) based on the following example.

???Document: CAD drawing

???Page size: A2 (420.0 ?? 594.0 mm [16.5 ?? 23.4 in])

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Plain Paper

???Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])

1.Select the printer in Chooser.

2.Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A2.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. Choose Print in the application menu.

6. Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

438 Enhanced Printing Options

Other useful settings

7. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.

8. After con???rming that E Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the F Print

Target list.

Note

???You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set..

9.Access the Finishing pane.

10. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

11. Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,

ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main pane and update the printer information.

Enhanced Printing Options 439

Other useful settings

12. Select the C Watermark check box.

13. Click FILE COPY in the D Watermarks list.

Note

???To create your own, original watermark, click E Edit Watermark. Refer to the printer driver help for instructions on modifying watermarks to create your own.

14.Specify additional printing conditions.

For details on available printing conditions, see ???Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.517)

15.Con???rm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.

Note

???For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

440 Enhanced Printing Options

Windows

Software

Windows

Printer Driver Settings (Windows)

For instructions on accessing the Windows printer driver, refer to the following topics.

???Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Windows) (???P.473)

???Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu (Windows) (???P.475)

For information on the Windows printer driver settings, refer to the following topics.

???Main Sheet (Windows) (???P.450)

You can specify the media type, color processing, print quality, print preview, and other settings. Choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing application or Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired.

???Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Windows) (???P.486)

???View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application (Windows) (???P.491)

???Color Settings Sheet: Color (Windows) (???P.477)

???Color Settings Sheet: Monochrome (Windows) (???P.483)

???Gray Adjustment Sheet (Windows) (???P.458)

???Page Setup Sheet (Windows) (???P.454)

You can specify the page size of the original, borderless printing, enlargement or reduction, the orientation, the media size and source, and automatic cutting.

???Media Size Options Dialog Box (Windows) (???P.487)

Software 441

Windows

???Layout Sheet (Windows) (???P.456)

You can specify the page layout, watermarks, the orientation, the number of copies, and print processing options.

???Special Settings Dialog Box (Windows) (???P.490)

???Favorites Sheet (Windows) (???P.459)

Groups of print settings you select on each sheet can be saved in a favorite. Favorites you have added can be edited or used at the time of printing as desired.

???Utility Sheet (Windows) (???P.460)

You can specify settings related to maintenance for the Printhead and feed amount, as well as settings for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy.

???Support Sheet (Windows) (???P.461)

You can view support information and the user???s manual.

???Device Settings Sheet (Windows) (???P.462)

You can display settings for optional equipment installed on the printer and see the printer driver version.

imagePROGRAF Free Layout is a feature for freely arranging originals from various source applications on a single page as desired before printing. For details, see Free Layout Guide .

Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy is a feature for automatic enlargement and printing of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER. For details, see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Guide .

442 Software

Windows

Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)

There are two ways to con???rm the print settings, as follows.

???Checking a preview of the settings (???P.443)

???Checking a print preview (???P.444)

Checking a preview of the settings

A preview of the settings is displayed on the left side of the Main, Page Setup, and Layout sheets. By checking images and numerical values in the preview, you can con???rm current settings for the page size, orientation, media source, layout, and so on.

Note

???To con???rm the Print Target speci???ed in Easy Settings, click F View Settings on the Main sheet to display the View Settings dialog box.

Software 443

Windows

Previewing Images Before Printing (Windows)

This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them.

1. Choose Print in the application menu.

2. Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3. Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. Select the L Open Preview When Print Job Starts check box.

5. When you attempt to print, the PageComposer window is displayed. (At this point, the document will not be printed yet.)

6. In the PageComposer editing window, select the document to print and open the Print Preview window.

7. After con???rming that the layout is just as you expected, close the Print Preview window.

8. In the PageComposer editing window, make sure the document to print is selected. Choose

Print from the File menu.

Software 445

Windows

Using Favorites (Windows)

This topic describes how to register favorites and print using favorite settings.

Registering a favorite

Follow the steps below to save the current print settings as a favorite.

1. Choose Print in the application menu.

2. Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3. Complete the print settings.

4. Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet.

5. Click H Add to display the Add dialog box.

6. Complete the following settings in the Add dialog box.

???Enter a desired name in Name, such as ???Photos for Presentations??? or ???Monthly Report.???

???Choose a ???tting icon for these print settings in the Icon list.

???In Comment, enter a description of the favorite to be added, as desired.

7.Click OK to close the Add dialog box.

The favorite you have added is now displayed in A Favorites.

Note

???To save a favorite as a ???le, click J Export and specify the ???le to save.

448 Software

Windows

Printing using the favorite

Follow the steps below to print using the favorite you have registered.

1. Choose Print in the application menu.

2. Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3. Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet.

4. In the A Favorites, choose the favorite you registered.

Note

???To import a favorite, click I Import and specify the favorite ???le.

5.Click D Apply Favorite to replace the favorite settings with the current print settings.

6.Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

???For instructions on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Software 449

Windows

Layout Sheet (Windows)

The following settings are available on the Layoutsheet. For details on settings items, refer to the printer driver help.

I No Spaces at Top or Activate this setting to print the next image skipping blank areas above and Bottom (Conserve Paper) below printable data in documents, which enables you to conserve the paper.

Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (???P.396)

Reverse Order Activate this option to print pages in reverse order.

456 Software

Windows

Gray Adjustment Sheet (Windows)

The following settings are available on the Gray Adjustment sheet.

Gray Adjustment

On the Gray Adjustment sheet, you can adjust the color balance, brightness, contrast, and other image qualities.

Note

???To display the Gray Adjustment sheet, on the Main Sheet (Windows) (???P.450) , select Monochrome (Photo) by Color Mode in Advanced Settings, and then click Color Settings.

???Monochrome (Photo) is not available for all types of paper.

458 Software

Windows

Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals (Windows)

This topic describes how to use PosterArtist to compose originals from multiple applications, creating a poster layout for printing.

Important

??? PosterArtist (sold separately) must be installed to use this function.

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.

5. Select the A Page Layout check box.

6. Click in the Edit Using PosterArtist in the B Page Layout list.

7. When you attempt to print, PosterArtist starts up and the PageCapture window is displayed. (At this point, the document will not be printed yet.)

8. Choose the page to load in PosterArtist.

Software 463

Windows

Printing Adobe RGB Images (Windows)

This topic describes how to print Adobe RGB images based on the following example.

???Document: Adobe RGB image created in Photoshop

???Page Size: 10??12 inches (254.0??304.8 mm)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper

???Roll Paper Width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

Important

???In Photoshop, select no color-matching.

???In the printer driver settings, select Driver Matching Mode and choose Adobe RGB in Color Space.

1.In Photoshop, create an image in the Adobe RGB color space.

Note

???The following procedures are based on the example of Photoshop CS2.

???For instructions on creating Adobe RGB images, refer to the Photoshop documentation.

2.Choose Print with Preview from the File menu to display the Print dialog box.

3.Make sure the setting mode is Color Management.

4.In the Color Handling list in Options, click No Color Management.

5.Click Print to display the Print dialog box.

6.Select the printer and click Properties to display the printer driver dialog box.

7.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

8. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy

Photo Paper.

Software 465

Windows

9. Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.

10. Click Image in the E Print Priority list.

11. Select the print quality in the F Print Quality list.

Note

???Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type.

12.Click Color in the G Color Mode list.

13.Click H Color Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box.

14.Click the Matching tab to display the Matching sheet.

15.In Matching Mode, click Driver Matching Mode.

16.In Color Space, click Adobe RGB.

17.Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box.

18.Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.

466 Software

Windows

19. In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as speci???ed in the source application. In this case, click 10"x12".

20. Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.

21. Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list. In this case, click 10-in. Roll (254.0mm), and then click OK.

22. Con???rm the print settings and print as desired.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Windows)???. (???P.443)

Software 467

Windows

imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (Windows)

imagePROGRAF Status Monitor is a utility for checking the printer status and managing print jobs.

Two screens are available in imagePROGRAF Status Monitor : ???Printer List??? shows a list of printers, and ???Status Monitor??? shows details for each printer.

???You can view a list of the printers for which printer drivers have been installed on your computer, printers connected to your computer, and printers found on the network.

???Printer status can be checked in real time on a computer monitor.

???If a printer error occurs, you can investigate the corrective action immediately.

???Images of Ink Tanks are shown, with different images for various types of ink. An icon and warning message will notify you when ink levels are low.

???The type of paper loaded in each media source is identi???ed. You can also check to see if paper has run out.

???This way, the utility enables you to check printer information and take care of printer maintenance for optimal printing results.

???You can also set up automatic email noti???cation of any printer problems or errors to email addresses you designate in advance.

Note

??? For details, refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help.

468 Software

Windows

imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility

imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility is a utility to establish communication between the printer and your computer by completing relevant settings. After the printer is installed, for example, you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility to complete the network settings initially.

???Starting imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility will show a list of printers found on the network. In this list, select the printer (speci???cally, the printer???s MAC address) that you want to set up, and then con???gure the basic settings from your computer, such as the printer???s IP address and the network frame type.

???You can see which printers are online in the network by checking the printer list. Communication between your computer and these printers is possible.

Note

???We recommend that your network or printer administrator complete the setup work using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.

???For details, refer to the imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility help.

Software 469

Windows

Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility

Install imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the User Software CD-ROM provided with the printer as follows:

Important

???In Windows 2000/Windows XP/Windows Server 2003/Windows Vista, you must log on with administrative rights equivalent to the ???Administrator??? account.

1.Insert the User Software CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.

2.On the Setup Menu window, click Install Individual Software.

3.Click Install in imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.

4.Follow the instructions on the screen to proceed with the installation.

470 Software

Windows

Con???guring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility

From a computer running Windows, you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility provided with the printer to con???gure the printer???s IP address. This topic describes how to con???gure the IP address using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.

Important

???To con???gure network settings, you must be logged in with administrative rights such as ???Administrator??? account. We recommend that your network administrator con???gure the network settings.

???For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility, see ???Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility???. (???P.470)

1.Start imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu.

2.In the list of printers, select the printer to con???gure.

3.Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu.

4.In the Setting IP Address list, choose Manual.

5.Enter the IP address assigned to the printer and click the Set button.

6.Click OK after the Con???rmation message dialog box is displayed.

7.Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.

Note

???To con???gure the IP address automatically, choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select

DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP.

???You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway.

Software 471

Windows

Digital Photo Front-Access

Digital Photo Front-Access is an application that links photos from Canon digital cameras and other image ???les on your computer with various other applications.

???Simply select an image and click the icon of the application you want to start to launch the application.

???You can also print from Digital Photo Front-Access. In short, Digital Photo Front-Access can help you manage images in many ways from editing to printing as an effective way to work with other applications.

???Digital Photo Front-Access also enables image retouching. For automatic retouching, select an image for retouching and click Image Adjustment.

???Because this application automates the work???ow from retouching to display for all of your images, it can save time and work in retouching.

Note

??? For details, refer to the Digital Photo Front-Access help.

472 Software

Windows

Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Windows)

1. Choose Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions.

2. Select the printer, and then display the printer driver dialog box.

Note

???The dialog box for specifying printing conditions varies depending on the source application. In some cases, when you select the printer, a sheet for con???guring the printer driver is added to the dialog box. In the following case, click Preferences.

???Example: Print dialog box displayed by the application software

Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver: Main, Page Setup, Layout,

Favorites, Utility, and Support.

Note

???The titles of dialog boxes may vary depending on the application, and sheets other than these six sheets may be displayed.

Software 473

Windows

Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver: Main, Page Setup, Layout,

Favorites, Utility, and Support.

Important

???If you access the printer driver dialog box from the operating system menu, changes you make to the settings will apply to all applications you use for printing.

???You can also access the printer driver dialog box from applications.

see ???Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Windows)???. (???P.473)

476 Software

Windows

Color Settings Sheet: Color (Windows)

In general, make any needed adjustments to the color of documents in the application used to create them. However, if the color tone as printed is not as you expected, you can also adjust the color in the printer driver.

Color Adjustment : color

If the color tone as printed is not as you expected, you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment sheet.

Note

???To display the Color Adjustment sheet, on the Main Sheet (Windows) (???P.450) , click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings.

Software 477

Windows

Note

??? For details on settings items, see ???Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver???. (???P.184)

Object Adjustment dialog box

In the Object Adjustment dialog box, you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to. If an original comprises images, graphics, and text, you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to.

Note

??? To display the Object Adjustment dialog box, click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment sheet.

478 Software

Windows

Matching sheet: Driver Matching Mode

On the Matching sheet, you can specify color matching, to compensate for differences in the appearance of colors on various devices. The following options are available when you select Driver Matching Mode in the Matching Mode list.

Note

???To display the Matching sheet, on the Main Sheet (Windows) (???P.450) , click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings, and then click the Matching sheet.

Note

??? For details on settings items, see ???Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver???. (???P.184)

Software 479

Windows

Matching sheet: ICC Matching Mode, Driver ICM Mode, and Host ICM Mode

Note

???To display the Matching sheet, on the Main Sheet (Windows) (???P.450) , click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings, and then click the Matching sheet.

Note

??? For details on settings items, see ???Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver???. (???P.184)

480 Software

Windows

Note

??? For details on settings items, see ???Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver???. (???P.184)

Object Adjustment dialog box

Note

??? To display the Object Adjustment dialog box, click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment sheet.

484 Software

Windows

Con???rming the Print Image Before Printing

The preview screen displayed before printing enables you to see the original image just as it will be printed. Con???rming the image of print jobs helps prevent printing errors.

For instructions on previewing print jobs, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.

???Previewing Images Before Printing (Windows) (???P.445)

???Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS X) (???P.497)

???Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS 9) (???P.520)

Software 485

Windows

Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Windows)

Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically.

Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a "hot folder" and printed automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder.

This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function.

To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, ???rst complete these settings in the following order.

1.Register a hot folder on your computer

Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy.

2.Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.

Con???gure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder.

After these settings are complete, you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER.

Registering a hot folder on your computer

1. Display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.149)

2. Click the Utility tab to display the Utility sheet.

3. Click B Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy to start the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility.

488 Software

Windows

Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.

Scanning the original and print an enlargement

Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer. For detailed instructions, refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.

1. Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER.

2. Press Send to display the screen for transmission.

3. Press Favorites, and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder.

4. Press Start on the control panel. If you scan originals on the platen glass, after scanning all originals, press Done on the touch-panel display.

Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you speci???ed for the folder.

Note

???For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, refer to Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Guide .

Software 489

Mac OS X

Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)

For instructions on accessing the Mac OS X printer driver, refer to the following topics.

??? Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Mac OS X) (???P.511)

For information on the Mac OS X printer driver settings, refer to the following topics.

???Main Pane (Mac OS X) (???P.499)

???Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS X) (???P.515)

???View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application (Mac OS X) (???P.516)

???Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS X) (???P.512)

???Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS X) (???P.514)

???Gray Adjustment Pane (Mac OS X) (???P.504)

???Page Setup Pane (Mac OS X) (???P.501)

You can specify the page size of the original, borderless printing, enlargement or reduction, the orientation, the media size and source, and automatic cutting.

???Utility Pane (Mac OS X) (???P.503)

You can specify settings related to maintenance for the Printhead and feed amount, as well as settings for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy.

???Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS X) (???P.505)

You can specify settings for how print jobs are sent to the printer.

???Support Pane (Mac OS X) (???P.506)

You can view support information and the user???s manual.

With the imagePROGRAF Free Layout feature, you can arrange originals from various source applications on a single page before printing. For details, see the Free Layout Guide .

With the imagePROGRAF Preview feature, you can check the layout before printing and adjust layout or size settings while viewing a preview screen. For details, see the imagePROGRAF Preview Guide .

With the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy feature, you can automatically enlarge and print scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER. For details, see the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Guide .

492 Software

Mac OS X

Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)

There are two ways to con???rm what printing conditions have been speci???ed, as follows.

???Checking a preview of the settings (???P.493)

???Checking a print preview (???P.494)

Checking a preview of the settings

A preview of the settings is displayed on the left side of the Main, Page Setup, Utility, and Additional Settings panes. By checking images and numerical values in the preview, you can con???rm current settings for the page size, orientation, media source, and so on.

Software 493

Mac OS X

Checking the Layout Before Printing

You can check the print layout on the preview screen. While viewing this screen, you can also adjust layout or size settings, and your changes will be instantly applied on the preview screen.

Preview (Macintosh)

Important

??? The driver must be installed from the User Software CD-ROM to use this function.

For instructions on how to check the layout before printing, refer to the following topics:

??? Checking the Layout Before Printing (Mac OS X) (???P.496)

Software 495

Mac OS X

Checking the Layout Before Printing (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to check the layout before printing using the Preview function.

1. Choose Print in the application menu.

2. Click PDF and select Canon imagePROGRAF Preview.

3. The Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window is displayed.

4. Check the layout and adjust settings in the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window as desired.

5. Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview menu.

Note

??? For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions, refer to imagePROGRAF Preview Guide .

496 Software

Mac OS X

Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them.

1. In the application menu, choose Print.

2. Click Preview to open the preview window.

3. Check the layout and other aspects of the printing image, and then click Print to start printing.

Note

??? ???Preview??? is provided as a standard feature of the operating system. For details, refer to the Mac OS documentation.

Software 497

Mac OS X

Gray Adjustment Pane (Mac OS X)

The following settings are available on the Gray Adjustment pane.

Gray Adjustment

On the Gray Adjustment pane, you can adjust the color balance, brightness, contrast, and other image qualities.

Note

???To display the Gray Adjustment pane, on the Main Pane (Mac OS X) (???P.499) , select Monochrome (Photo) by Color Mode in Advanced Settings, and then click Color Settings.

???Monochrome (Photo) is not available for all types of paper.

504 Software

Mac OS X

Printing Adobe RGB Images (Mac OS X)

This topic describes how to print Adobe RGB images based on the following example.

???Document: Adobe RGB image created in Photoshop

???Page size: 10??12 inches (254.0??304.8 mm)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper

???Roll Width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

Important

???Do not set up color-matching in Photoshop.

???In the printer driver, specify Driver Correction and set Color Space to Adobe RGB.

1.In Photoshop, create an image in the Adobe RGB color space.

Note

???Photoshop CS2 is used in this example.

???For instructions on creating Adobe RGB images, refer to the Photoshop documentation.

2.Choose Print with Preview from the Photoshop menu to display the Print dialog box.

3.Make sure the setting mode is Color Management.

4.In the Color Handling list in Options, click No Color Management.

5.Click Print.

6.Access the Main pane.

7. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy

Photo Paper.

Software 507

Mac OS X

8. Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.

9. Click Image in the E Print Priority list.

10. Select the print quality in the F Print Quality list.

Note

???Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type.

11.Click Color in the H Color Mode list.

12.Click I Set to display the Color Settings dialog box.

13.Click Matching to display the Matching pane.

14.In Mode, click Driver Correction.

15.In Color Space, click Adobe RGB.

16.Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box.

17.Access the Page Setup pane.

508 Software

Mac OS X

18. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

19. Make sure the width of the loaded roll paper is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-here,

10-in. Roll (254.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information.

20. Make sure the page size as speci???ed in Photoshop is shown in C Page Size -in this case,

10"x12".

21. Con???rm the print settings, and click M Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS X)???. (???P.493)

Software 509

Mac OS X

imagePROGRAF Printmonitor (Macintosh)

imagePROGRAF Printmonitor is a utility for checking the printer status and managing print jobs.

???Printer status can be checked in real time on a computer monitor.

???You can check the status of print jobs, cancel jobs, and manage them as needed.

???If a printer error occurs, you can investigate the corrective action immediately.

???You can also set up automatic email noti???cation of any printer problems or errors to email addresses you designate in advance.

Note

???If the status of the desired printer is not shown in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor, select the printer again as follows.

1.Make sure the printer is on and connected to the network or to a local port.

2.In the Printer menu, select the name of the desired printer. After the printer is detected, the printer status is shown.

3.If information about the printer is not shown in step 2, choose Search Printer in the Printer menu.

4.Select the zone to search (or select *(My Zone) if no zones have been set up) and click the Search button.

Printer names listed in the Printer menu are updated with the printers that are now detected.

5.In the Printer menu, select the name of the desired printer. After the printer is detected, the printer status is shown.

510 Software

Mac OS X

Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Mac OS X)

1. In the application software, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing

conditions.

Note

???This dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer, specify the range of pages, number of copies, and so on.

2.Select the printer in the Printer list.

3. Click Print to start printing.

Software 511

Mac OS X

Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS X)

Color Adjustment pane: color

If the color tone as printed is not as you expected, you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment pane.

Note

???To display the Color Adjustment pane, on the Main Pane (Mac OS X) (???P.499) , click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings.

512 Software

Mac OS X

Note

??? For details on settings items, see ???Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver???. (???P.184)

Matching pane

On the Matching pane, you can specify color matching, to compensate for differences in the appearance of colors on various devices.

Note

???To display the Matching pane, on the Main Pane (Mac OS X) (???P.499) , click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings, and then click Matching.

Note

??? For details on settings items, see ???Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver???. (???P.184)

Software 513

Mac OS X

Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS X)

The following settings are available on the Color Settings pane for monochrome printing.

Color Adjustment pane: monochrome

On the Color Adjustment pane for monochrome printing, you can adjust the brightness and contrast.

Note

???To display the Color Adjustment pane, on the Main Pane (Mac OS X) (???P.499) , click Color Settings in Advanced Settings.

Note

??? For details on settings items, see ???Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver???. (???P.184)

514 Software

Mac OS 9

Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)

For instructions on accessing the Mac OS 9 printer driver, refer to the following topics.

??? Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Mac OS 9) (???P.535)

For information on the Mac OS 9 printer driver settings, refer to the following topics.

???Main Pane (Mac OS 9) (???P.521)

You can specify the number of copies, page range, media type, color processing, print quality, and print preview. Choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing application or Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired.

???Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9) (???P.542)

???View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application (Mac OS 9) (???P.544)

???Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS 9) (???P.537)

???Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS 9) (???P.540)

???Page Setup Pane (Mac OS 9) (???P.523)

You can specify the amount of enlargement or reduction, borderless printing, media size, and page layout.

???Finishing Pane (Mac OS 9) (???P.525)

You can specify the media source, watermarks, and orientation.

???Device Settings Pane (Mac OS 9) (???P.527)

You can perform maintenance for the Printhead or feed amount.

???Special Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9) (???P.543)

???Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS 9) (???P.528)

You can specify settings for background printing, how print jobs are sent to the printer, and noti???cation after printing.

Software 517

Mac OS 9

Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)

There are two ways to con???rm what printing conditions have been speci???ed, as follows.

???Checking a preview of the settings (???P.518)

???Checking a print preview (???P.519)

Checking a preview of the settings

A preview of the settings is displayed on the left side of the Main, Page Setup, Finishing, Utility, and Additional Settings panes. By checking images and numerical values in the preview, you can con???rm current settings for the page size, orientation, media source, and so on.

518 Software

Mac OS 9

Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them.

1. In the application menu, choose Print.

2. Click Preview to open the preview window.

3. Check the layout and other aspects of the printing image, and then click Print this page to start printing.

Note

??? ???Preview??? is provided as a standard feature of the operating system. For details, refer to the Mac OS documentation.

520 Software

Mac OS 9

Gray Adjustment Pane (Mac OS 9)

The following settings are available on the Gray Adjustment pane.

Gray Adjustment

On the Gray Adjustment pane, you can adjust the color balance, brightness, contrast, and other image qualities.

Note

???To display the Gray Adjustment pane, on the Main Pane (Mac OS 9) (???P.521) , select Monochrome (Photo) by Color Mode in Advanced Settings, and then click Color Settings.

???Monochrome (Photo) is not available for all types of paper.

526 Software

Mac OS 9

Using Favorites (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to register favorites and print using favorite settings.

Registering a favorite

Follow the steps below to save the current print settings as a favorite.

1. Select the printer in Chooser.

2. Choose Print in the application menu.

3. Complete the print settings.

4. In the Favorites list, click Add Favorite to display the Add Favorite dialog box.

5. Complete the following settings in the Add Favorite dialog box.

???Enter a desired name in Name, such as ???Photos for Presentations??? or ???Monthly Report.???

???In Comment, enter a description of the favorite to be added.

6.Click OK to close the Add Favorite dialog box.

The favorite you have added is now displayed in Favorites.

Note

???To edit the name of an existing favorite or comment, click Edit Favorite in the Favorites list to display the Edit Favorite dialog box.

???To save a favorite as a ???le, click Export and specify the ???le to save.

Printing using the favorite

Follow the steps below to print using the favorite you have registered.

1. Select the printer in Chooser.

2. Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.

3. Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.

4. Click I OK to close the dialog box.

5. In the application menu, choose Print.

6. In the Favorites list, choose the favorite you registered.

Note

???To import a favorite, click Import and specify the favorite ???le.

???If you select a favorite and edit it, an icon is displayed at left of the name to indicate that the settings have been changed. For details, refer to the printer driver help.

Software 529

Mac OS 9

Printing Adobe RGB Images (Mac OS 9)

This topic describes how to print Adobe RGB images based on the following example.

???Document: Adobe RGB image created in Photoshop

???Page size: 10??12 inches (254.0??304.8 mm)

???Paper: Roll

???Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper

???Roll width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)

Important

???Do not set up color-matching in Photoshop.

???In the printer driver, specify Driver Matching Mode and set Color Space to Adobe RGB.

1.In Photoshop, create an image in the Adobe RGB color space.

Note

???Photoshop CS2 is used in this example.

???For instructions on creating Adobe RGB images, refer to the Photoshop documentation.

2.In the Photoshop menu, choose Print.

3.Make sure the Main pane is displayed.

4. In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy

Photo Paper.

Software 531

Mac OS 9

5. Click E Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.

6. Click Image in the F Print Priority list.

7. Select the print quality in the G Print Quality list.

Note

???Options displayed in the G Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type.

8.Click Color in the H Color Mode list.

9.Click I Set to display the Color Settings dialog box.

10.Click Matching to display the Matching pane.

11.In Mode, click Driver Correction.

12.In Color Space, click Adobe RGB.

13.Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box.

14.Access the Page Setup pane.

15. Make sure the page size as speci???ed in Photoshop is shown in B Page Size -in this case,

10"x12".

532 Software

Mac OS 9

16. Access the Finishing pane.

17. Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.

18. Make sure the width of the loaded roll paper is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-here,

10-in. Roll (254.0mm).

Note

???If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in the B Roll Paper Width list, click the L Printer in the Main pane to update the printer information.

19. Con???rm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.

Note

??? For tips on con???rming print settings, see ???Con???rming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)???. (???P.518)

Software 533

Mac OS 9

imagePROGRAF Printmonitor (Macintosh)

imagePROGRAF Printmonitor is a utility for checking the printer status and managing print jobs.

???Printer status can be checked in real time on a computer monitor.

???You can check the status of print jobs, cancel jobs, and manage them as needed.

???If a printer error occurs, you can investigate the corrective action immediately.

???You can also set up automatic email noti???cation of any printer problems or errors to email addresses you designate in advance.

Note

???If the status of the desired printer is not shown in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor, select the printer again as follows.

1.Make sure the printer is on and connected to the network or to a local port.

2.In the Printer menu, select the name of the desired printer. After the printer is detected, the printer status is shown.

3.If information about the printer is not shown in step 2, choose Search Printer in the Printer menu.

4.Select the zone to search (or select *(My Zone) if no zones have been set up) and click the Search button.

Printer names listed in the Printer menu are updated with the printers that are now detected.

5.In the Printer menu, select the name of the desired printer. After the printer is detected, the printer status is shown.

534 Software

Mac OS 9

Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS 9)

Color Adjustment pane: color

If the color tone as printed is not as you expected, you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment pane.

Note

???To display the Color Adjustment pane, on the Main Pane (Mac OS 9) (???P.521) , click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings.

Software 537

Mac OS 9

Note

??? For details on settings items, see ???Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver???. (???P.184)

Object Adjustment dialog box

Note

??? To display the Object Adjustment dialog box, click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment pane.

538 Software

Mac OS 9

Note

??? For details on settings items, see ???Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver???. (???P.184)

Object Adjustment dialog box

Note

??? To display the Object Adjustment dialog box, on the Color Adjustment pane, click Object Adjustment.

Software 541

Mac OS 9

Special Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9)

If the printing results are not as you expected, you can change how printing is processed in the Special Settings dialog box.

Note

???To display the Special Settings dialog box, on the Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS 9) (???P.528) , click Special Settings.

A Fast Graphic Process If image colors are inconsistent in printed documents or if lines are printed in varying thicknesses, clearing this option may help produce the expected results.

Software 543

Network Setting

Network Environment

System requirements

The system requirements, which vary depending on your network, are as follows.

???Printing over a TCP/IP network

???Compatible operating systems

???Windows 2000 (Professional or Server)

???Windows XP (Home Edition or Professional)

???Windows Server 2003 (Standard Edition)

???Windows Vista (Home Basic/Business/Ultimate)

???Mac OS 9.1 or later

???Mac OS X 10.2.8 or later

???Compatible computer

???A computer that runs one of the above operating systems

???Printing over an AppleTalk network

???Compatible operating systems

???Mac OS 9.1 or later

???Mac OS X 10.2.8 or later

???Compatible computer

???A computer that runs one of the above operating systems

Note

???The printer cannot be used over a LocalTalk network.

???Compatible with EtherTalk Phase 2.

???Printing over a NetWare network

???Compatible servers

???Novell NetWare 4.2/5.1/6.0

???Compatible clients

???Windows 2000 (Professional or Server)

???Windows XP (Professional)

???Compatible computer

???A computer that runs one of the above operating systems

Note

??? In NetWare 6.0, iPrint is not supported.

Network Setting 545

Network Setting

Network environment

After con???rming what type of network environment you will connect the printer to, set up the printer and computers as needed.

???Example of a Windows network

In Windows networks, print over TCP/IP.

Note

???NetBIOS is not supported.

???Example of a Macintosh network

In Macintosh networks, print over AppleTalk (EtherTalk) or TCP/IP, using Bonjour(Zeroconf) functions.

??? Example of a NetWare network

Note

???Even if there is a NetWare server in your network environment, you can use both TCP/IP and AppleTalk. In this case, complete the settings for each protocol you will use.

546 Network Setting

Network Setting

Con???guring the IP Address on the Printer

You must con???gure the printer???s IP address before using the printer on a TCP/IP network.

The printer???s IP address is con???gured automatically when you install the printer driver following the instructions in the Quick Start Guide.

Follow the steps below to con???gure the IP address by using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility, the printer Control Panel, or ARP or PING commands, if the IP address is changed, or if you change the printer connection mode to a network connection. For details on con???guring the IP address, refer to the following topics.

???Con???guring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility (Windows) (???P.471)

???Con???guring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel (???P.551)

???Con???guring the IP Address Using ARP and PING Commands (???P.552)

Note

???We recommend con???guring the printer???s IP address even if you will use the printer in other network except for TCP/IP. Con???guring the printer???s IP address enables you to use RemoteUI to con???gure the network settings and manage the printer with a web browser.

For details on RemoteUI, see ???Using RemoteUI???. (???P.555)

Network Setting 547

Network Setting

Initializing the Network Settings

Use RemoteUI to restore the network settings to the default values as follows.

Important

???Initializing the network settings will also restore the default value of the printer???s IP address. As a result, the RemoteUI page cannot be displayed in the web browser after this procedure.

???For instructions on recon???guring the IP address, see ???Con???guring the IP Address on the Printer???. (???P.547)

???For details on RemoteUI, see ???Using RemoteUI???. (???P.555)

1.Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display the RemoteUI page.

http://???printer IP address or name???/ Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/

2.Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.

3.If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.

4.Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.

5.Click Reset to Default settings in the lower-right corner of the Network Interface group.

6.After con???rming the message, click OK to restore the network settings to the default values.

Note

???You can also use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility or the Control Panel to restore the default network settings.

???If you use the Control Panel to initialize the network settings, press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU, and then press ???, ???, and ??? to select Interface Setup ??? Ethernet Driver ??? Init. Settings ??? Yes (in this order), and ???nally press the OK button.

548 Network Setting

Network Setting

Con???guring the Printer???s TCP/IP Network Settings

Follow the steps below to con???gure the TCP/IP network settings.

1. Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display the RemoteUI page.

http://???printer IP address or name???/

Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/

2. Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.

3. If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.

4. Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.

5. Click Edit in the upper-right corner of the TCP/IP group to display the Edit TCP/IP Protocol Settings page.

6. Refer to the TCP/IP Settings Items table to complete the settings.

TCP/IP Settings Items

Network Setting 549

Network Setting

7. Click OK to display the Network page.

Note

???If you specify to con???gure the IP address using DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP, there must be a server that supports such protocol running in the network.

???If you specify to con???gure the IP address using DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP, the IP address obtained by this method is used ???rst. If you cannot obtain the IP address, the address speci???ed in IP Address is used.

???It takes a minute or two to determine whether DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP are available. We recommend clearing check boxes of options you will not use.

???If you are using a DNS server, select Enable DNS Dynamic Update and enter the IP Address for DNS servers, DNS host name, and DNS domain name in Primary DNS Server Address, Secondary DNS Server Address, DNS Host Name, and DNS Domain Name, respectively.

550 Network Setting

Network Setting

Con???guring the IP Address Using the Printer Control

Panel

This topic describes how to con???gure the printer???s IP address on the Control Panel.

1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Interface Setup, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select TCP/IP, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select IP Setting, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select IP Address, and then press the ??? button.

6. After pressing ??? or ??? to select the input ???eld, press the OK button to enable numerical input.

7. Press ??? or ??? to select the number, and then press the OK button.

Note

???Pressing the ??? button increases the number by 1. The maximum value is ???255,??? after which ???0??? is displayed.

???Pressing the ??? button decreases the number by 1. The minimum value is ???0,??? after which ???255??? is displayed.

???Hold down ??? or ??? to increase or decrease the value continuously.

8.Repeat steps 3-4 to enter the IP address assigned to the printer.

9.Press the Online button to bring the printer online.

If any of the settings are changed, a message for con???rmation is displayed. In this case, press the OK button.

Note

???If an error message is displayed, check the settings and correct any invalid values.

???To cancel the setup process, hold down the Stop button for a second or more.

Important

???Be sure to complete step 6. This will activate the values you have entered.

???You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway on the Control Panel.

Network Setting 551

Network Setting

Con???guring the IP Address Using ARP and PING

Commands

This topic describes how to con???gure the IP address using ARP and PING commands.

To use the ARP and PING commands, you will need to know the printer???s MAC address. You can con???rm the MAC address on the Control Panel.

1. Check the printer???s MAC address.

You can con???rm the MAC address on the Control Panel as follows:

1.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2.Press ??? or ??? to select Interface Setup, and then press the ??? button.

3.Press ??? or ??? to select Ethernet Driver, and then press the ??? button.

4.Press ??? or ??? to select MAC Address, and then press the ??? button.

You can also print information on the printer status, which includes the MAC address, as follows:

1.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2.Press ??? or ??? to select Test Print, and then press the ??? button.

3.Press ??? or ??? to select Status Print, and then press the ??? button.

4.Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button.

The MAC address is indicated in the printer status information in the following location.

2. In Windows, open a command prompt or MS-DOS prompt, or in Mac OS X, start Terminal.

3. Execute the following command to add entries to the ARP table for managing IP addresses and corresponding MAC addresses.

arp -s [IP address] [the printer???s MAC address you have veri???ed] Example: arp -s xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx 00-00-85-xx-xx-xx

Note

???In Mac OS X when using Terminal, enter the arp command in the format ???arp -s xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx 00:00:85:xx:xx:xx.??? For details, refer to the help ???le for the command line.

552 Network Setting

Network Setting

4. Execute the following command to send the IP address to the printer and con???gure it. ping [IP address as speci???ed in the ARP command] -l 479

Example: ping xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx -l 479

Note

???In ???-l,??? the ???l??? is the letter ???l???.

???In Mac OS X when using Terminal, enter the ping command in the format ???ping -s 479 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.??? For details, refer to the help ???le for the command line.

Note

???The subnet mask and default gateway will be set to ???0.0.0.0.???Use RemoteUI to change the subnet mask and default gateway to match your network settings.

For details on RemoteUI, see ???Using RemoteUI???. (???P.555)

Network Setting 553

Network Setting

Specifying Printer-Related Information

Follow the steps below to specify device information and security settings.

1. Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display the RemoteUI page.

http://???printer IP address or name???/

Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/

2. Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.

3. If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.

4. Click Information in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Information page.

5. To display the relevant settings page, click Edit in the upper-right corner of Device Information or Security, depending on what information you want to specify.

6. Refer to the tables of settings items for device information and security settings to complete the settings.

Device information settings items

Security settings items

Besides entering a password, you can specify other security-related information, such as use of SNMP or IPP authentication, or an IP address to restrict printing via TCP/IP.

7. Click OK to activate the settings.

554 Network Setting

Network Setting

Using RemoteUI

Enter the printer???s IP address in a web browser to display the RemoteUI page. After you log on to RemoteUI from the page, you can check and change the status of the printer and print jobs, and con???gure network settings.

For details on con???guring printer settings for networks, refer to the following topics.

???Con???guring the Printer???s TCP/IP Network Settings (???P.549)

???Con???guring the Printer???s AppleTalk Network Settings (???P.572)

???Con???guring the Printer???s NetWare Network Settings (???P.557)

???Specifying Printer-Related Information (???P.554)

Note

???RemoteUI also offers many other features. You can display the ink levels, check error messages and other status information, and cancel print jobs.

???By factory default, the English screen is displayed. You can change the display language after logging on by choosing the desired language in the Language list.

Important

???Use Netscape Navigator/Communicator 6.0 or later, Internet Explorer 5.01 or later, or Firefox 1.5 or later as a web browser. In Mac OS X, you can also use Safari 1.32 or later or Safari 2.03 or later.

???Access is not possible via a proxy server. In environments where a proxy server is used, add the printer???s IP address to Exceptions (addresses accessed without a proxy server) in the web browser proxy server settings. (Settings may vary depending on the network environment.)

???Enable JavaScript and cookies in the web browser.

???If you access RemoteUI with the printer name instead of its IP address, make sure the DNS settings are correctly con???gured.

Network Setting 555

Network Setting

Email Noti???cation When Printing is Finished or Errors Occur

The printer can notify you of the printer status by email. Even when you are away from the printer, you can know when printing is ???nished or if errors occur. Receive noti???cation via email on your mobile phone or at your computer.

Use the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (Windows) function to set up email recipients and message timing. Besides being informed of ???nished print jobs or errors, you can also complete settings for email noti???cation when service is needed or it???s time to replace consumables.

Note

???For details on email noti???cation using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (in Windows), refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help.

556 Network Setting

Network Setting (Windows)

Con???guring the Printer???s NetWare Network Settings

Follow the steps below to con???gure the NetWare network settings.

1. Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display the RemoteUI page.

http://???printer IP address or name???/

Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/

2. Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.

3. If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.

4. Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.

5. Click Edit in the upper-right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol Settings page.

6. Refer to the NetWare Settings Items table to complete the settings.

NetWare Settings Items

Network Setting 557

Network Setting (Windows)

Specifying the Printer???s Frame Type

To enable communication between the printer and computers on your network, specify the Ethernet frame type in your NetWare environment.

Follow the steps below to specify the frame type by using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility or the printer Control Panel.

Note

??? You can specify the frame type by using RemoteUI if the printer???s IP address is con???gured.

Important

???Before specifying the frame type, make sure the printer is on and connected to the network.

???For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility, see ???Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility???. (???P.470)

Specifying the frame type using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility

1. Start imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.

2. In the list of printers, select the printer to con???gure.

3. Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu.

4. In the NetWare Frame Type list, select the frame type.

5. Make sure ETHERNET II is selected under Frame Type in TCP/IP.

6. In IP Address, enter the IP address assigned to the printer, and then enter the subnet mask in

Subnet Mask and the default gateway in Gateway Address.

Important

???You must specify the IP address here to be able to con???gure NetWare protocol settings using RemoteUI.

7.Click Set.

8.Click OK after the Con???rmation message dialog box is displayed.

9.Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.

Network Setting 559

Network Setting (Windows)

Specifying the frame type using the printer Control Panel

1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Interface Setup, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select NetWare, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select NetWare, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select On, and then press the OK button. Return to the NetWare menu.

6. Press ??? or ??? to select Frame Type, and then press the ??? button.

7. Press ??? or ??? to select the frame type to use, and then press the OK button. Return to the NetWare menu.

8. Press ??? or ??? to select Print Service, and then press the ??? button.

9. Press ??? or ??? to select the desired print service, and then press the OK button. Return to the NetWare menu.

10. Press the Online button to bring the printer online.

If any of the settings is changed, a message for con???rmation is displayed. In this case, press the OK button.

Note

???If an error message is displayed, check the settings and correct any invalid values.

???To cancel the setup process, hold down the Stop button for a second or more.

Important

??? Be sure to complete step 5. This will activate the values you have entered.

560 Network Setting

Network Setting (Windows)

Specifying NetWare Print Services

Before printing in a NetWare network, you must con???gure print services such as print servers, print queues, and so on. You can con???gure the print service settings from a computer using any of the following software.

???NWADMIN

???PCONSOLE

(from Novell, provided with NetWare)

Important

???If you use NWADMIN to con???gure the print service settings, Novell Client (the Novell NetWare client software) must be installed as the client software application.

???NetWare networking is unsupported in Windows Vista.

This topic gives instructions for con???guring NetWare print services. The order of this procedure may vary depending on the environment.

Choosing the type of print services

Before completing print service settings, choose the type of print service. Refer to the following descriptions as needed.

Note

???In NetWare 5.1/6.0/6.5, NDPS may also be used as the print service. If you use NDPS, use the Novell printer gateway included with NetWare. For details on con???guring NDPS, refer to the NetWare documentation.

???NDS (Novell Directory Service) and Bindery

NDS and bindery are both supported. Use the mode that is compatible with your network environment.

???Queue Server Mode and Remote Printer Mode

Queue server mode and remote printer mode are both supported.

???Queue Server Mode

When using queue server mode, all print server functions are supported, so there is no need for other print server software or hardware. In NDS queue server mode (NDS PServer), the NDS print server is used for printing. In bindery queue server mode (Bindery PServer), the bindery print server is used for printing. Note that if you use queue server mode, a NetWare user license is required for each network interface.

???Remote Printer Mode

In remote printer mode, the printer is controlled by the NetWare print server. Thus, a NetWare print server is required. In NDS remote printer mode (NPrinter), the NDS print server is used for printing, and in bindery remote printer mode (RPrinter), the bindery print server is used for printing.

Network Setting 561

Network Setting (Windows)

Using NWADMIN or PCONSOLE to set up the print server

Use NWADMIN to set up the print server if NDS queue server mode or remote printer mode is used.

Log into NetWare as Administrator or with equivalent rights, and then start NWADMIN.

Run Quick Setup.

1.Choose Print Services Quick Setup in the Tools menu.

2.Enter a desired name in Print Server Name. To use an existing print server, click the button at right and choose the name from the list.

3.Enter a desired printer name in Name.

4.To use the printer in queue server mode, choose Other/Unknown in Type. To use the printer in remote printer mode, choose Parallel in Type, click Communications, and set Ports to LPT1 and

Connection Type to Manual Load.

5.Enter a desired queue name in Name.

6.In Volume, enter the volume object (that is, the object representing the physical volume on the network) where the print queue will be created. Click the button at right to choose from a list.

7.Complete other settings as needed and click OK.

Note

???The print server name will be required when con???guring the printer???s network settings. Note the print server name for future reference.

???When running Quick Setup, the printer is assigned printer number ???0.??? When using the printer in queue server mode, do not change the printer number from ???0.???

3.Set a password.

1.Right-click the print server created in step 2 and choose Details.

2.Click Change Password to open the password input dialog box. Enter the password.

3.Click OK to close the password input dialog box.

4.Click OK or Cancel to close the details dialog box.

4.To use the printer in remote printer mode, start the print server.

To use the NetWare ???le server as the print server, enter ???LOAD PSERVER.NLM??? at the ???le server and press the Enter key.

Note

??? This procedure is not required when using queue server mode.

562 Network Setting

Network Setting (Windows)

Use PCONSOLE to set up the print server if bindery queue server mode or remote printer mode is used.

Log into NetWare as Supervisor and start PCONSOLE.

Switch to bindery mode.

If the print server has not been created, create it.

1.In Available Options, select Quick Setup and press the Enter key.

2.Enter the name of the new print server, the new printer, and the queue.

Note

???The print server name will be required when con???guring the printer???s protocol settings. Note down the print server name for future reference.

4.Specify the printer type.

1.To use the printer in queue server mode, choose Other/Unknown in Type. To use remote printer mode, set Printer Type to Parallel and Position to Manual Load.

2.Press the Esc key.

3.After the con???rmation message is displayed, choose Yes and press the Enter key.

5.Set a password.

1.In Available Options, select Print Servers and press the Enter key.

2.Select the print server created in step 2 and press the Enter key.

3.Select Password, and press the Enter key to display the password input dialog box.

4.Enter the password and press the Enter key.

6.Press the Esc key several times to display the dialog box for con???rming that PCONSOLE is ???nished.

7.Click Yes to exit PCONSOLE.

Network Setting 563

Network Setting (Windows)

Specifying NetWare Protocols

Follow the steps below to con???gure NetWare protocol settings other than the frame type by using RemoteUI.

Note

???For details on RemoteUI, see ???Using RemoteUI???. (???P.555)

1.Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display the RemoteUI page.

http://???printer IP address or name???/ Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/

2.Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.

3.If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.

4.Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.

5.Click Edit in the upper-right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol Settings page.

6.Make sure the Frame Type indicates the frame type used on the NetWare network.

7.To use burst mode, choose On for NCP Burst Mode.

Note

???Burst mode supports fast data transfer when printing in queue server mode. Normally, choose On.

8.In Print Application, click the print service to be used.

Note

???Only one print service selected here will be enabled. Multiple print services are not available at the same time.

9.For packet signature, click If Requested by Server in Packet Signature.

10.Complete the following settings based on the selected service.

???If you have selected Bindery PServer: Queue Server Mode (Using a Bindery Print Server)

1.In File Server Name, enter the ???le server name.

2.In Print Server Name, enter the name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services. (???P.561)

3.In Print Server Password, enter the password of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services. (???P.561)

4.In Polling Interval, specify the interval at which the printer checks the NetWare print queue.

???If you have selected RPrinter: Remote Printer Mode (Using a Bindery Print Server)

1.In Print Server Name, enter the advertising name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services. (???P.561)

2.In Printer Number, enter the same printer number speci???ed in Specifying NetWare Print Services. (???P.561)

564 Network Setting

Network Setting (Windows)

???If you have selected NDS PServer: Queue Server Mode (Using an NDS Print Server)

1.In Tree Name and Context Name, enter the tree and context name of the print server. Do not exceed 255 characters for the context name.

2.In Print Server Name, enter the name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services. (???P.561)

3.In Print Server Password, enter the password of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services. (???P.561)

4.In Polling Interval, specify the interval at which the printer checks the NetWare print queue.

???If you have selected NPrinter: Remote Printer Mode (Using a NDS Print Server)

1.In Print Server Name, enter the advertising name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services. (???P.561) Usually, the advertising name is the same as the name of the print server.

2.In Printer Number, enter the same printer number speci???ed in Specifying NetWare Print Services. (???P.561)

11.Click OK to display the Network page.

12.Click Reset to activate the settings.

For a list of NetWare protocol settings items, see ???Con???guring the Printer???s NetWare Network Settings???. (???P.557)

Note

???If you use RemoteUI to display the print log in RPrinter or NPrinter mode, the document and user information cannot be obtained. Thus, Document Name only indicates Unknown, and the User Name information is identi???ed as RPRINTER/NPRINTER.

Network Setting 565

Network Setting (Windows)

Con???guring NetWare Network Settings

To print over a NetWare network, con???gure the network environment as follows.

Important

???To con???gure network settings, you must be logged in with administrative rights such as ???Administrator??? account. We recommend that your network administrator con???gure the network settings.

1.Specify the Ethernet frame type for communication between the printer and computers. For instructions, see ???Specifying the Printer???s Frame Type???. (???P.559)

2.Specify the NetWare print services, including the print server and queue. For instructions, see ???Specifying NetWare Print Services???. (???P.561)

3.Specify NetWare protocol details besides the frame type.

For instructions, see ???Specifying NetWare Protocols???. (???P.564)

After you have completed the steps above, con???gure each computer for printing over the NetWare network.

4.Connect to the NetWare network.

Install NetWare client software on each computer to be used for printing over the network, and log in to the NetWare server or tree. For instructions on connection, refer to the NetWare and operating system documentation.

5.Install the printer driver.

Follow the instructions of your network administrator to install the printer driver on each computer to be used for printing. When installing the printer driver, choose Network Printer as the printer destination, and then choose the print queue created from the NetWare print service settings.

6.Follow these steps to con???gure the printer port.

1.Open the Printers and Faxes (or Printers ) window.

2.Right-click the printer icon and choose Properties.

3.Click the Port (or Advanced ) tab to display the Port (or Advanced ) sheet.

4.As the destination port, specify the print queue created by con???guring the NetWare print service settings.

Note

???This step is not necessary if you speci???ed the printer destination during installation of the printer driver.

566 Network Setting

Network Setting (Windows)

Con???guring the Printer Driver Destination (Windows)

This topic describes how to specify the printer driver destination if the printer???s IP address is changed, or if you will use the printer over a network connection instead of via USB connection.

Important

???If you use the printer on a TCP/IP network, make sure the printer???s IP address is con???gured correctly.

???Con???guring the IP Address on the Printer (???P.547)

1.Open the Printers and Faxes (or Printers ) window.

2.Right-click the icon of this printer and choose Properties to open the printer properties window.

3.Click the Port tab to display the Port sheet.

4.Click Add Port to display the Printer Ports dialog box.

5.In the Available Port list, select Standard TCP/IP Port.

6.Click New Port.

After the wizard starts, a window is displayed for the Welcome to the Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard.

7.Click Next.

8.In Printer Name or IP Address, enter the printer???s IP address.

9.Follow the instructions on the screen to add a printer port.

10.Click Close to close the Printer Ports dialog box.

11.Make sure the printer port you added is displayed under Ports, and that the port is selected.

12.Click OK to close the printer properties window.

Note

???The procedure described above is the con???guration based on the LPR or RAW protocol using the standard TCP/IP port in Windows ( Standard TCP/IP Port ).

Network Setting 567

Network Setting (Windows)

Sharing the Printer in Windows

If you set up a computer as a print server in Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003, the computer can receive print jobs sent from other computers (clients) connected to it for printing. This topic describes how to share the printer in Windows.

Important

??? We recommend that your network administrator con???gure your network for printer sharing.

1.Open the Printers and Faxes (or Printers ) window.

2. Right-click the icon of this printer and choose Sharing to open the printer properties window.

568 Network Setting

Network Setting (Windows)

3. On the Sharing sheet, click Share this printer and enter the shared name.

4. To print jobs from clients running other versions of Windows, click Additional Drivers and follow the instructions to install the printer driver of the corresponding version.

If you are prompted to choose the location of the printer driver ???le, insert the provided User Software CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive and specify the folder where the printer driver is located.

5. Click OK.

Important

???When installing the printer driver on client computers, select "Network Printer" on the connection type screen in the printer wizard, and then select the printer shared from the computer set up as the print server.

Network Setting 569

Network Setting (Windows)

Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility

Install imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the User Software CD-ROM provided with the printer as follows:

Important

???In Windows 2000/Windows XP/Windows Server 2003/Windows Vista, you must log on with administrative rights equivalent to the ???Administrator??? account.

1.Insert the User Software CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.

2.On the Setup Menu window, click Install Individual Software.

3.Click Install in imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.

4.Follow the instructions on the screen to proceed with the installation.

570 Network Setting

Network Setting (Windows)

Con???guring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility

Important

???To con???gure network settings, you must be logged in with administrative rights such as ???Administrator??? account. We recommend that your network administrator con???gure the network settings.

???For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility, see ???Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility???. (???P.470)

1.Start imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu.

2.In the list of printers, select the printer to con???gure.

3.Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu.

4.In the Setting IP Address list, choose Manual.

5.Enter the IP address assigned to the printer and click the Set button.

6.Click OK after the Con???rmation message dialog box is displayed.

7.Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.

Note

???To con???gure the IP address automatically, choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select

DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP.

???You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway.

Network Setting 571

Network Setting (Macintosh)

Con???guring the Printer???s AppleTalk Network Settings

Follow the steps below to con???gure the AppleTalk network settings.

1. Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display the RemoteUI page.

http://???printer IP address or name???/

Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/

2. Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.

3. If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.

4. Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.

5. Click Edit in the upper-right corner of the AppleTalk group to display the Edit AppleTalk Protocol Settings page.

6. Refer to the AppleTalk Settings Items table to complete the settings.

AppleTalk Settings Items

*1:The object name you have speci???ed in Name is displayed in Chooser in Mac OS 9 or Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ) in Mac OS X. If you use multiple printers in the same zone, assign a unique name to each printer. By default, the network interface name is ???Canon NB-17FB (xxxxxx).??? (Here, xxxxxx is the last six digits of the printer???s MAC address.)

*2: If zones have been created on the network, enter the name of the printer???s zone. If there are no zones, leave the asterisk ???*??? entry (for the default zone) as it is. If you enter a network zone name that does not match created zones, the printer will not be detected by Macintosh computers. Consult your network administrator for information on zone names.

7. Click OK to display the Network page.

572 Network Setting

Network Setting (Macintosh)

Con???guring the Printer Driver Destination (Macintosh)

Specify the printer driver destination as follows if the printer???s IP address is changed, or if you will use the printer over a network connection instead of via USB connection.

???If you switch to printing in an AppleTalk network, see ???Con???guring the Destination for AppleTalk Network (Macintosh)???. (???P.574)

???If you switch to printing in a TCP/IP network, or if the printer???s IP address is changed, see ???Con???guring the Destination for TCP/IP Network (Macintosh)???. (???P.578)

???If you switch to printing in a Bonjour network, see ???Con???guring the Destination for Bonjour Network (Macintosh)???. (???P.582)

Network Setting 573

Network Setting (Macintosh)

Con???guring the Destination for AppleTalk Network (Macintosh)

To print over an AppleTalk network, activate the AppleTalk protocol and con???gure the destination as follows.

Activating AppleTalk on the printer

Important

??? By factory default, the AppleTalk protocol is disabled on the printer.

1.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Interface Setup, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select AppleTalk, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select On, and then press the OK button.

5. Press the Online button to bring the printer online.

If any of the settings is changed, a message for con???rmation is displayed. In this case, press the OK button.

Note

???By using RemoteUI, you can also specify the object name used by AppleTalk, as well as the printer zone name.

For details on RemoteUI, see ???Using RemoteUI???. (???P.555)

Important

??? Be sure to complete step 3. This will activate the values you have entered.

574 Network Setting

Network Setting (Macintosh)

Con???guring the Destination (Mac OS 9)

1. Choose Chooser from the Apple menu to display the Chooser window.

2. In AppleTalk, click Active.

3. Close the Chooser window.

4. Click AppleTalk under Control Panels to display the AppleTalk window.

5. In Connect via, choose Built-in Ethernet.

6. Close the AppleTalk window and save the settings.

7. Choose Chooser from the Apple menu to display the Chooser window.

8. In the list at left, click GARO Printer Driver.

9. In the Destination list at right, select AppleTalk, and then select the printer in the list below.

10. Close the Chooser window and click OK after the con???rmation message is displayed.

Network Setting 575

Network Setting (Macintosh)

Con???guring the Destination (Mac OS X)

Note

???The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10.4. The method of con???guring the destination varies depending on the version of Mac OS X.

1.In System Preferences, click Network to display the Network window.

2.In Show, choose Built-in Ethernet. Next, click AppleTalk, select Make AppleTalk Active, and click Apply now.

Close the Network window and save the settings.

Choose Utilities (or Applications ) in the Go menu of Finder.

Click Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ) in the Utilities folder.

If the printer name is not displayed in Printer List, click Add.

576 Network Setting

Network Setting (Macintosh)

Con???guring the Destination for TCP/IP Network (Macintosh)

Follow the steps below to con???gure the destination if you use the printer on TCP/IP network.

Important

???If you use the printer on TCP/IP network, make sure the printer???s IP address is con???gured correctly.

???Con???guring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel (???P.551)

Con???guring the Destination (Mac OS 9)

1. Choose Chooser from the Apple menu to display the Chooser window.

2. In the list at left, click GARO Printer Driver.

3. Click Registering IP Address in the Destination list to display the IP Address Register/Edit dialog box.

578 Network Setting

Network Setting (Macintosh)

Con???guring the Destination (Mac OS X)

Note

???The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10.4. The method of con???guring the destination varies depending on the version of Mac OS X. If you use other versions, refer to the help for the Printer Setup Utility (or the Print Center ).

1.Choose Utilities (or Applications ) in the Go menu of Finder.

2.Click Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ) in the Utilities folder.

3.Click Add to display the Printer Browser window.

4. Click More Printers.

580 Network Setting

Network Setting (Macintosh)

Con???guring the Destination for Bonjour Network (Macintosh)

In Mac OS X 10.2.8 and later, use Bonjour functions to easily connect the printer to the network. Follow the steps below to con???gure the destination if you use the printer on TCP/IP network.

Note

???In Mac OS 9, if the computer???s TCP/IP settings have been con???gured, you can connect the printer to the network as easily as with the Bonjour function.

Select IP Print (Auto) from the Destination list in Chooser to specify the destination.

Important

???Bonjour and IP Print (Auto) do not support printing to a printer on other network groups that require a router for connection. Make sure the computer and printer are on the same network. For information about network settings, ask your network administrator.

???By default, Bonjour is activated on the printer. The printer name as displayed in Chooser in Mac OS 9 or Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ) in Mac OS X is prede???ned as the Multicast DNS Service Name. You can activate or deactivate the Bonjour function or change the printer name by using RemoteUI. For instructions on changing it, see ???Using RemoteUI???. (???P.555)

1.Choose Utilities (or Applications ) in the Go menu of Finder.

2.Click Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ) in the Utilities folder.

3.If the printer name is not displayed in Printer List, click Add.

582 Network Setting

Adjusting the Printhead

Maintenance

Adjusting the Printhead

Correcting Print Misalignment

If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment, adjust the Printhead alignment. Adjust the Printhead alignment automatically or manually by using a printed test pattern.

For instructions on automatic adjustment, see ???Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically???. (???P.584) For instructions on manual adjustment, see ???Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually???. (???P.586)

Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically

If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment, adjust the Printhead alignment. Adjust the Printhead alignment automatically or manually by printing and reading a test pattern.

There are two modes for automatic adjustment: Standard Adj. and Advanced Adj. Standard Adj. will ???x most slight image distortion or color misalignment, but if not, try Advanced Adj.

If using special media or printing does not improve even after performing automatic adjustment using advanced adjustment, try manual adjustment. For instructions on manual adjustment, see ???Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually???. (???P.586)

Follow these steps for standard automatic adjustment of the Printhead.

1. When using sheets, have two unused sheets A4/Letter-sized or larger ready when Standard Adj. is selected or 8 when Advanced Adj. is selected.

When using a roll, load a roll 10 inches (254 mm) or wider.

???Loading Sheets Manually (???P.156)

???Loading Rolls on the Roll Paper Holder (???P.116)

???Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit (???P.119)

Note

???Use Standard Adj. if you have switched to another type of paper or if you want the boundaries between colors to appear as attractive as possible.

???Use Advanced Adj. to ???ne-tune the space between nozzles or colors if you have switched the printhead or if you want printed documents to appear as vivid as possible. We recommend using Advanced Adj. for printing at a higher level of image quality.

???Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer. Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper.

???We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for adjustment.

???This function is not available for CAD Tracing Paper, CAD Translucent Matte Film, or CAD Clear Film. If adjustment is not possible as expected using highly transparent ???lm or similar media, try another type of media or adjust the Printhead alignment manually. (???P.586)

584 Maintenance

Adjusting the Printhead

2. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Adjust Printer, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Auto Head Adj., and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Advanced Adj., and then press the ??? button.

6. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button. A test pattern is printed for printhead adjustment.

After reading the pattern, the printer automatically adjusts the Printhead alignment.

Note

??? If paper is fed automatically and no roll is loaded, select the media source and click the OK button.

Maintenance 585

Adjusting the Printhead

Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually

If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment, adjust the Printhead alignment. Adjust the Printhead alignment automatically or manually by using a printed test pattern.

You can adjust the Printhead alignment automatically or manually. Normally, choose automatic adjustment. If using special media or printing does not improve even after performing automatic adjustment using advanced adjustment, try manual adjustment. For instructions on automatic adjustment, see ???Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically???. (???P.584)

Follow these steps for standard manual adjustment of the Printhead.

Note

???If Manual Head Adj is unusable although displayed in the menu, choose Advanced Adj. in Auto Head Adj. Manual Head Adj is available in the menu after you try Auto Head Adj. once.

1. When using sheets, have two unused sheets A4-sized or larger ready. When using a roll, load a roll 10 inches (254 mm) or wider.

???Loading Sheets Manually (???P.156)

???Loading Rolls on the Roll Paper Holder (???P.116)

???Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit (???P.119)

Note

???Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer. Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper.

???We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for feed amount adjustment.

2.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Adjust Printer, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Manual Head Adj, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button. A test pattern is printed for printhead adjustment.

6. Press ??? or ??? to select D, and then press the ??? button.

7. Press ??? or ??? to select D-1, and then press the ??? button.

586 Maintenance

Adjusting the Printhead

8. Examine test pattern D-1 for printhead adjustment. After you determine the pattern with straight lines, press ??? or ??? to choose the pattern number, and then press the OK button.

Note

???If lines seem straightest in two patterns but you cannot decide which one is better, choose an intermediate value. For example, choose 11 if you cannot decide whether pattern 10 or 12 is better.

9.Repeat steps 7 and 8 to specify the adjustment value for D-2 to D-5 and D-7 to D-11.

10.Press the ??? button.

11.Press ??? or ??? to select Register Setting, and then press the ??? button.

12.Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button. The printer now goes online.

Maintenance 587

Adjusting the Printhead

Adjusting the Printhead Height

If printed documents rub against the printer during printing or if the edge of paper is wrinkled from rubbing, it may help to raise the Printhead.

If image edges are blurred, it may help to lower the Printhead.

1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Paper Details, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select the type of paper, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Head Height, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select the Printhead height, and then press the OK button.

588 Maintenance

Adjusting the feed amount

Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically

If printed images are affected by banding in different colors, adjust the amount that paper is fed. There are two modes for adjusting the amount paper is fed, Standard Adj. and Advanced Adj. Advanced Adj. offers a wider range of adjustment than Standard Adj. If using Standard Adj. does not eliminate streaks, or if streaks are quite noticeable, try Advanced Adj.

Follow the steps below for standard automatic adjustment of the feed amount.

When using highly transparent media for which automatic adjustment is not supported, you must adjust the feed amount manually. For instructions on manual adjustment, see ???Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually???. (???P.592)

Note

???To adjust the measurement scale and ensure accuracy (so that lines in CAD drawings are printed at exactly the right length, for example), specify the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage when adjusting the feed amount. (???P.596)

???This may take some time, depending on the type of paper.

Important

???Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing.

???To apply the results of adjusting the feed amount in printing, you must ???rst set Feed Priority to Band Joint. Note that if you select Automatic, the results of adjustment will only be applied in printing if you set Print Priority in the printer driver to Image or Of???ce Document. (???P.173)

Follow these steps to change the Feed Priority setting.

1.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2.Press ??? or ??? to select Paper Details, and then press the ??? button.

3.Press ??? or ??? to select the type of paper, and then press the ??? button.

4.Press ??? or ??? to select Feed Priority, and then press the ??? button.

5.Press ??? or ??? to select Band Joint, and then press the OK button.

Maintenance 589

Adjusting the feed amount

Follow the steps below to adjust the feed amount automatically.

1. Load one unused sheet A4/Letter-sized or larger when Standard Adj. is selected or two when

Advanced Adj. is selected.

When using a roll, load a roll 10 inches (254 mm) or wider.

???Loading and Printing on Rolls (???P.80)

???Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot (???P.85)

Note

???Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting. Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper.

2.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Adjust Printer, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Auto Band Adj., and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Standard Adj. or Advanced Adj., and then press the ??? button.

6. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button. A test pattern is printed for band adjustment.

After reading the pattern, the printer automatically adjusts the feed amount and returns to online mode.

Note

???If paper is fed automatically and no roll is loaded, select the media source and click the OK button.

???In some cases, the feed amount cannot be adjusted automatically. If so, choose Advanced Adj. in Auto Band Adj. (???P.49)

???If printed documents are still affected by uneven contrast or banding in different colors at regular intervals after this adjustment, you can adjust the feed amount during printing. (???P.591)

590 Maintenance

Adjusting the feed amount

Adjusting the feed amount during printing

If, during printing, the contrast is uneven sideways across the paper or banding in different colors appears every 40 mm (1.6 in) or so, try adjusting the feed amount as follows. However, note that because printing is paused, colors may be slightly different.

1. Press the Online button to pause printing.

2. Press the Menu button to display Menu Durng Prtng.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Fine Band Adj., and then press the OK button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to change the value, and then press the OK button.

Note

???The supported range is -5 to +5.

5.Press the Online button to resume printing.

Note

???The Fine Band Adj. value set during printing is also applied to the next print job. However, if you adjust the feed amount (manually or automatically), the Fine Band Adj. value is reset to 0.

Maintenance 591

Adjusting the feed amount

Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually

If printed images are affected by banding in different colors, adjust the amount that paper is fed. This topic describes how to adjust the feed amount manually.

When using highly transparent media for which automatic adjustment is not supported, adjust the feed amount manually. We recommend automatic adjustment for other types of media. For instructions on automatic adjustment, see ???Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically???. (???P.589)

Note

Important

???Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing.

Follow these steps to change the Feed Priority setting.

1.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2.Press ??? or ??? to select Paper Details, and then press the ??? button.

3.Press ??? or ??? to select the type of paper, and then press the ??? button.

4.Press ??? or ??? to select Feed Priority, and then press the ??? button.

5.Press ??? or ??? to select Band Joint, and then press the OK button.

592 Maintenance

Adjusting the feed amount

Follow the steps below to adjust the feed amount manually.

1. When using sheets, load two unused sheets A4/Letter-sized or larger. When using a roll, load a roll 10 inches (254 mm) or wider.

???Loading and Printing on Rolls (???P.80)

???Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot (???P.85)

Note

???Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting. Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper.

2.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Adjust Printer, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Manual Band Adj, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button. Test pattern A is printed for band adjustment.

6. Examine test pattern A for band adjustment. After you determine the pattern in which streaks are least noticeable, press ??? or ??? to choose the pattern number, and then press the OK button.

Test pattern B is printed for band adjustment.

Note

???If streaks seem least noticeable in two patterns but you cannot decide which one is better, choose an intermediate value. For example, choose 11 if you cannot decide whether pattern 10 or 12 is better.

7.Examine test pattern B for band adjustment. After you determine the pattern in which streaks are least noticeable, press ??? or ??? to choose the pattern number, and then press the OK button. The feed amount is adjusted, and the printer goes online.

If printed documents are still affected by uneven contrast or banding in different colors at regular intervals after this adjustment, you can adjust the feed amount during printing. (???P.594)

Maintenance 593

Adjusting the feed amount

Adjusting the feed amount during printing

If, during printing, the contrast is uneven sideways across the paper or banding in different colors appears every 40 mm (1.6 in) or so, try adjusting the feed amount as follows. The results of adjustment are applied to printing in progress, enabling you to check the results immediately. However, note that because printing is paused, colors may be slightly different.

1. Press the Online button to pause printing.

2. Press the Menu button to display Menu Durng Prtng.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Fine Band Adj., and then press the OK button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to change the value, and then press the OK button.

Note

???The supported range is -5 to +5.

5.Press the Online button to resume printing.

Note

???The Fine Band Adj. adjustment value set during printing is also applied to the next print job. However, if you adjust the Printhead alignment, the Fine Band Adj. value is reset to 0.

594 Maintenance

Adjusting the feed amount

Adjusting the Vacuum Strength

When printing on heavyweight paper or paper that curls or wrinkles easily, if paper rubs against the printer or the edge is wrinkled from rubbing, adjusting the level of suction against paper on the Platen may improve results.

1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Paper Details, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select the type of paper, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select VacuumStrngth, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select the level of suction against paper on the Platen, and then press the

OK button.

Maintenance 595

Adjusting the feed amount

Adjusting the Measurement Scale for Better Accuracy

To adjust the measurement scale and ensure accuracy (so that lines in CAD drawings are printed at exactly the right length, for example), specify the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage when adjusting the feed amount.

Note

???If printed images are affected by banding in different colors, adjust the amount that paper is fed. (???P.592)

Important

???Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing.

???To apply the results of adjusting the measurement scale for better accuracy in printing, you must ???rst set Feed Priority to Print Length. Note that if you select Automatic, the results of adjustment will only be applied in printing if you set Print Priority in the printer driver to Line Drawing/Text. (???P.173)

Follow these steps to change the Feed Priority setting.

1.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2.Press ??? or ??? to select Paper Details, and then press the ??? button.

3.Press ??? or ??? to select the type of paper, and then press the ??? button.

4.Press ??? or ??? to select Feed Priority, and then press the ??? button.

5.Press ??? or ??? to select Print Length or Automatic, and then press the OK button.

596 Maintenance

Adjusting the feed amount

Follow these steps to adjust the scale for better accuracy.

1. When using sheets, load one unused sheet A4/Letter-sized or larger. When using a roll, load a roll 10 inches (254 mm) or wider.

???Loading Rolls on the Roll Paper Holder (???P.116)

???Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit (???P.119)

???Loading Sheets Manually (???P.156)

Note

???When loading paper, specify the correct paper type. When the paper type is not speci???ed, the printing quality may be affected without the correct adjustment of the feeding.

???We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for feed amount adjustment.

2.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Adjust Printer, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Adjust Length, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button.

A test pattern is printed for adjustment based on the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage. The scale bar shows ???Millimeter??? in 50 mm units and ???Inch??? in 1 inch units.

6. Measure the length of the adjustment pattern. Calculate the difference between the measured length and actual length. Enter it as a percentage and press the OK button.

You can adjust the value in 0.02% increments. Press ??? to increase the value and ??? to decrease it.

If the scale is printed shorter than actual size, set the value toward the positive side; if it is printed longer, set the value toward the negative side.

Note

??? You can also specify the adjustment value by selecting Paper Details ??? Adjust. Setting.

Maintenance 597

Adjusting the feed amount

Adjusting Color on the Trailing Edge of Sheets

If printed sheets are affected by banding in different colors toward the end of the sheet (about 20-30 mm from the edge), try adjusting the feed amount of the trailing edge of sheets.

Note

???If printed documents (including documents printed on rolls) are affected by banding in different colors not only toward the end of the sheet but throughout the printed area, try adjusting the overall feed amount. (???P.589)

???This adjustment is only possible when feeding paper from the Top Paper Feed Slot that can be set up with a margin on the trailing edge of 3 mm (0.12 in). If you use paper for which you cannot specify a trailing margin of 3 mm, it will be automatically ejected, and adjustment is not possible.

1.Load a sheet of unused paper A4/Letter-sized or larger.

Note

???Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer. Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper.

???We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for adjustment.

2.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Adjust Printer, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Adj Far Ed Feed, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button. A test pattern is printed for adjustment.

C1 is displayed on the Control Panel.

6. Examine test pattern C1 for adjustment. After you determine the pattern in which streaks are least noticeable, press the ??? or ??? to choose the pattern number, and then press the OK button.

C2 is displayed on the Control Panel.

598 Maintenance

Color adjustment

Using Color Calibration to Adjust Colors

Color calibration is a feature that compensates for changes in color from individual variation among Printhead or from the printing environment, ensuring better color consistency.

We recommend using color calibration in the following situations.

???After initial installation

???After Printhead replacement

???If colors seem different from before (however, make sure you are printing under the same conditions and in the same printing environment)

???When consistent color is desired from multiple printers (in this case, also use the same version of ???rmware and printer driver and the same settings.)

When you execute color calibration, a test pattern is printed and an adjustment value is automatically set based on the results of printing.

Important

???Before executing color calibration, you must prepare one of the following types of paper. Note that various environmental conditions are recommended for various types of paper. Use the printer under the recommended environmental conditions for the paper to be used. For details on recommended environmental conditions for various paper, see the Paper Reference Guide. (???P.108)

600 Maintenance

Color adjustment

???Optimal adjustment values from color calibration are also applied for paper other than the type you use to execute color calibration when printing on that other type of paper.

???In the printer driver or in the MAIN MENU of the Control Panel, you can specify whether to apply the adjustment value from color calibration when printing. The printer driver settings are given priority. For menu details, see ???Main Menu Settings???. (???P.49)

For information on printer driver settings, refer to the following topics.

???Printer Driver Settings (Windows) (???P.441)

???Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X) (???P.492)

???Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9) (???P.517)

???Before color calibration, ensure the printer is not exposed to direct sunlight or other strong sources of light.

???If you reinstall the printer driver and change the region selection of the Media Con???guration Tool, region-speci???c paper information originally registered on the printer before installation will be deleted. If the information of paper you used for color calibration is deleted, such color calibration can no longer be applied to any type of paper. To apply the results of color calibration, perform color calibration again using paper supported in the newly selected region and compatible with color calibration. See the Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Macintosh)

???Default settings will be restored if you select MAIN MENU > System Setup > Reset PaprSetngs > Yes. Because information added or updated using the Media Con???guration Tool is also deleted, if paper of which information was added using the Media Con???guration Tool was used for color calibration and is now deleted, such color calibration can no longer be applied to any type of paper. To apply the results of color calibration, perform color calibration again using a paper included originally in the default settings that is compatible with color calibration. See the Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Con???guration Tool Guide (Macintosh).

Note

???For further adjustment of the color of documents as printed applying color calibration, adjust the color in the printer driver. (???P.184)

???You can check when color calibration was executed and what paper was used from Status Print, imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (in Windows) or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor (on a Macintosh computer) in the MAIN MENU on the Control Panel.

For menu details, see ???Main Menu Settings???. (???P.49)

For details on imagePROGRAF Status Monitor, refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help. For details on imagePROGRAF Printmonitor, refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help.

Maintenance 601

Color adjustment

Follow these steps to execute color calibration.

1. Load paper compatible with color calibration.

When using sheets, load paper A4 (210.0??297.0 mm)/Letter (8.5??11 in) vertical, or larger. One sheet is required.

When using a roll, load a roll 10 inches (254 mm) or wider.

???Loading and Printing on Rolls (???P.80)

???Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot (???P.85)

2.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Adjust Printer, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Calibration, and then press ???.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Auto Adjust, and then press the ??? button.

6. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button.

After the printer measures environmental conditions and checks the paper, a test pattern for color calibration is printed. An adjustment value based on the results of printing is set automatically. After adjustment is complete, the printer goes online or of???ine automatically.

602 Maintenance

Color adjustment

Printing in Ideal Colors for Light in the Viewing Environment

You can print in the colors that look best when viewed under the light where the printed image will be displayed. There are two ways to adjust the color tone for the ambient light, as follows.

By selecting color tones on Charts before printing

On the printed Chart, note the number of the set of colors with the desired color tone and enter this number in the printer driver before printing.

Important

???This function requires that the Light Source Check Tool be installed.

???You can install the Light Source Check Tool from the User Software CD-ROM.

???This function is only supported in Windows.

For instructions on selecting color tones on Charts before printing, refer to the following topic:

??? By selecting color tones on Charts before printing (Windows) (???P.604)

Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Light

Measure the light level in the viewing environment and enter the results in the printer driver before printing.

Important

???This function requires the Eye-One spectrophotometer. The Light Source Measure Tool must also be installed.

???You can install the Light Source Measure Tool from the User Software CD-ROM.

???For a list of supported Eye-One devices, refer to the manual provided with the Light Source Measure Tool.

???This function is only supported in Windows.

For instructions on measuring light levels before printing, refer to the following topic:

??? Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Light (???P.608)

Maintenance 603

Color adjustment

By selecting color tones on Charts before printing (Windows)

Print Charts, note the number of the chart with your desired color tone, and enter this number in the printer driver before printing.

Important

???This function requires that the Light Source Check Tool be installed.

???You can install the Light Source Check Tool from the User Software CD-ROM.

1.Choose Print in the application menu.

2.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

3.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

4. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded (for example, Glossy Photo

Paper).

Important

???Ambient Light Matching Mode (Kyuanos) may not be available, depending on the type of paper used. For details, see ???Types of Paper???. (???P.108)

604 Maintenance

Color adjustment

5. Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.

6. In F Print Quality, click Highest or High.

Important

???Ambient Light Matching mode is only available when the F Print Quality is set to Highest or High.

7.Click Color in the G Color Mode list.

8.Click H Color Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box.

9.Click the Matching tab to display the Matching sheet.

10.Click Ambient Light Matching Mode (Kyuanos) in the A Matching Mode list.

11. Con???rm that By selecting a chart number is selected in C Setting Method.

If it is not selected already, select it.

Maintenance 605

Color adjustment

12. Click D Print Chart.

Light Source Check Tool now starts up.

13. Check the settings and click Print. The Chart is printed.

14. In the viewing environment, determine the number of the set of images on the Chart in which all four vertical images have the best overall color tone.

Note

???Choose the number of the set of images in which the people, the blue of the sky, and the red of the strawberries look the most natural overall.

606 Maintenance

Color adjustment

Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Light

Measure the light level in the viewing environment and enter the results in the printer driver before printing.

Important

???This function requires the Eye-One spectrophotometer. The Light Source Measure Tool must also be installed.

???You can install the Light Source Measure Tool from the User Software CD-ROM.

???For a list of supported Eye-One devices, refer to the manual provided with the Light Source Measure Tool.

1.Using the Eye-One spectrophotometer and the Light Source Measure Tool, determine the

Lighting Source Type and Color Temperature in the viewing environment.

Note

???For detailed instructions on Eye-One and the Light Source Measure Tool, refer to the provided instructions.

2.Choose Print in the application menu.

3.Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (???P.473)

4.Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.

5. In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded (for example, Glossy Photo

Paper).

Important

???Ambient Light Matching Mode (Kyuanos) may not be available, depending on the type of paper used. For details, see ???Types of Paper???. (???P.108)

608 Maintenance

Color adjustment

6. Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.

7. In F Print Quality, click Highest or High.

Important

???Ambient Light Matching mode is only available when the F Print Quality is set to Highest or High.

8.Click Color in the G Color Mode list.

9.Click H Color Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box.

10.Click the Matching tab to display the Matching sheet.

11.Click Ambient Light Matching Mode (Kyuanos) in the A Matching Mode list.

Maintenance 609

Color adjustment

Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Windows)

1. Choose Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions.

2. Select the printer, and then display the printer driver dialog box.

Note

???Example: Print dialog box displayed by the application software

Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver: Main, Page Setup, Layout,

Favorites, Utility, and Support.

Note

???The titles of dialog boxes may vary depending on the application, and sheets other than these six sheets may be displayed.

Maintenance 611

Ink Tanks

Ink Tank

An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer is labeled with a white letter ???H??? in a black circle on the side. When purchasing an Ink Tank, make sure an ???H??? is printed on the label, along with the following Ink Tank part numbers.

???Y Ink Tank PFI-101Y

???PC Ink Tank PFI-101PC

???C Ink Tank PFI-101C

???PGY Ink Tank PFI-103PGY

???GY Ink Tank PFI-103GY

???BK Ink Tank PFI-103BK

???PM Ink Tank PFI-101PM

???M Ink Tank PFI-101M

???MBK Ink Tank PFI-103MBK

???R Ink Tank PFI-101R

???G Ink Tank PFI-101G

???B Ink Tank PFI-101B 130 ml per color

Note

??? For instructions on replacing Ink Tank, see ???Replacing Ink Tanks???. (???P.614)

Maintenance 613

Ink Tanks

Replacing Ink Tanks

Compatible Ink Tank

An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer is labeled with a white letter ???H??? in a black circle on the side. Request an Ink Tank with the same label when you purchase a new Ink Tank. For more information, see ???Ink Tank???. (???P.613)

Precautions when handling an Ink Tank

Take the following precautions when handling an Ink Tank.

Caution

???For safety, keep an Ink Tank out of the reach of children.

???If ink is accidentally ingested, contact a physician immediately.

Important

???Before removing an Ink Tank from the pouch for installation, shake it gently seven or eight times. If you do not shake the Ink Tank, the ink may sediment, which may affect printing quality.

???Do not remove and shake an Ink Tank that has already been installed in the printer. Ink may leak out.

???Avoid dropping the Ink Tank after removing it from the pouch. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.

???There may be ink around the ink holes of Ink Tank you remove. Handle an Ink Tank carefully during replacement. The ink may stain clothing.

???We recommend using up an Ink Tank in the course of printing within six months after breaking the seal. Using an old Ink Tank may affect the printing quality.

???Do not remove the Ink Tank if the printer is not used for a long period (a month or more). Ink remaining in the printer may become clogged and cause of printing problems.

???Coverage may be uneven if you replace the ink during a print job.

614 Maintenance

Ink Tanks

Replacing an Ink Tank

1. Make sure no print jobs are in progress.

You can replace Ink Tank if the Display Screen indicates the printer is Online or Of???ine, or if messages advise you to check the amount of ink left or replace the Ink Tank.

If a message prompts you to replace the Ink Tank, press the OK button. Steps 2 and 3 are unnecessary in this case. Go to step 4 and remove the Ink Tank.

Do not remove an Ink Tank during initialization immediately after turning on the printer, or during printing or printhead cleaning.

Note

???Ink Tank replacement is possible even when print jobs are being canceled or if paper is being fed.

2.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Rep. Ink Tank, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button.

A message on the Display Screen advises you to open the Ink Tank Cover. Next, remove the Ink Tank.

Maintenance 615

Ink Tanks

7. Hold the empty Ink Tank by the grip to remove it, and press the OK button.

Note

???If there is still some ink left in the Ink Tank you removed, store the ink tank with the ink holes (a) facing up. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains. Put the Ink Tank in a plastic bag and seal it.

???Dispose of used Ink Tank according to local regulations.

8.Before opening the pouch, shake the Ink Tank gently seven or eight times. Agitate the ink in the Ink Tank by slowly turning the Ink Tank upside-down and right side up several times.

Note

??? If you do not shake the Ink Tank, the ink may sediment, which may affect printing quality.

Maintenance 617

Ink Tanks

9. Open the pouch and remove the Ink Tank.

Note

???Never touch the ink holes or metal contacts. This may cause stains, damage the Ink Tank, and affect printing quality.

???Avoid dropping the Ink Tank after removing it from the pouch. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.

???Do not remove and shake an Ink Tank that has already been installed in the printer. Ink may leak out.

10.Press the OK button and insert the Ink Tank into the holder facing as shown in the ???gure, with the ink holes down.

Important

???Ink Tank cannot be loaded in the holder if the color or orientation is wrong.

If the Ink Tank does not ???t in the holder, do not force it into the holder. Make sure the color of the Ink Tank Lock Lever matches the color of the Ink Tank, and check the orientation of the Ink Tank before reloading it.

618 Maintenance

Ink Tanks

Checking Ink Tank Levels

On the Display Screen, you can check how much ink is left in the Ink Tank.

The Display Screen indicates the remaining ink levels, unless a message is displayed.

During messages, press the Information button to view the ink levels on the Display Screen.

These levels shown on the Display Screen correspond to the inks identi???ed by the Color Label on the bottom of the Display Screen.

These symbols may be displayed above the ink level: ???!??? if ink is low, ???????? if no ink is left, and ??????? if you have deactivated ink level detection.

The remaining ink level is indicated as shown below.

If the Display Screen indicates to replace the Ink Tank, replace the Ink Tank. If a message is displayed indicating to check the remaining ink levels, or after tasks that consume a lot of ink such as large-format printing or head cleaning, check the remaining levels and replace Ink Tank as needed. (???P.614)

620 Maintenance

Ink Tanks

When to Replace Ink Tanks

Replace or prepare to replace Ink Tank in the following situations.

If a message for checking the ink is shown on the Display Screen

When there is little ink left, the Message lamp is lit and Ink Level: Check is shown on the Display Screen. You can continue to print, but prepare to replace the Ink Tank. (???P.620)

Before print jobs and maintenance that consume a lot of ink

If little ink is left, there may not be enough for large-format printing, head cleaning, and maintenance, which require a lot of ink. In this case, replace or prepare to replace the Ink Tank before maintenance.

If a message for ink replacement is shown on the Display Screen

When ink runs out, the Message lamp ???ashes, a message regarding Ink Tank replacement is shown on the Display Screen, and printing is disabled. Replace the Ink Tank at this point.

Maintenance 621

Printheads

Printhead

This is a replacement Printhead for the printer.

??? Printhead PF-03

Note

??? For instructions on replacing the Printhead, see ???Replacing the Printhead???. (???P.625)

Checking the Print Quality

If printing is faint or streaked in different colors, make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing a test pattern to check the nozzles.

For instructions, see ???Checking for Nozzle Clogging???. (???P.623)

Improving the Print Quality

If printing is faint or streaked in different colors, make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing a test pattern to check the nozzles. Clean the Printhead if the printed test pattern was faint.

For instructions on cleaning the Printhead, see ???Cleaning the Printhead???. (???P.624)

622 Maintenance

Printheads

Checking for Nozzle Clogging

If printing is faint or streaked in different colors, make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing a test pattern to check the nozzles.

Note

???You can specify a number of pages in the printer???s Noz. Check Freq. menu for automatic nozzle checking every time you ???nish printing that quantity. (???P.49)

1.Load unused paper.

???Loading and Printing on Rolls (???P.80)

???Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot (???P.85)

2.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Test Print, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Nozzle Check, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button. The printer goes online and prints a test pattern.

6. Check the printing results.

If the horizontal lines are not faint or incomplete, the nozzles are clear.

If some sections of the horizontal lines are faint or incomplete, the nozzles for those colors are clogged.

If horizontal lines are faint or incomplete, follow the steps below and check again for nozzle clogging.

1.Clean the Printhead. (???P.624)

2.Print a test pattern to check the nozzles.

Note

???If you repeat these steps several times but the horizontal lines are still faint or incomplete, contact your Canon dealer.

Maintenance 623

Printheads

Cleaning the Printhead

Cleaning the Printhead may help clear nozzles that are clogged.

Note

???You can specify a number of pages in the printer???s Noz. Check Freq. menu for automatic nozzle checking and cleaning every time you ???nish printing that quantity. (???P.49)

???You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more.

???Printhead cleaning is not possible if POP Board (1.5 mm [0.06 in] thick) is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot. Remove the paper before cleaning.

Cleaning the Printhead

1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Head Cleaning, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select the type of cleaning, and then press the OK button.

???Head Cleaning A

Use Head Cleaning A if printing is faint or contains foreign substances. This method of cleaning consumes the least amount of ink. It takes about four minutes to complete.

???Head Cleaning B

Use Head Cleaning B if no ink comes out of the printhead, or if Head Cleaning A does not solve the problem. It takes about ???ve minutes to complete.

The printhead is cleaned, and the printer goes online.

4. Print a test pattern to check the nozzles, and determine whether cleaning has cleared the nozzles. (???P.623)

Note

???If printing does not improve after Head Cleaning A, try Head Cleaning B. If this does not solve the problem, repeat Head Cleaning B two or three times. If this still does not improve printing, the Printhead may have reached the end of its useful life. Contact your Canon dealer.

Caution

??? Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge or Ink Tanks during cleaning.

624 Maintenance

Printheads

Replacing the Printhead

When to replace the Printhead

This printer uses two Printheads.

Replace one or both Printheads in the following situations.

???If the printing quality does not improve even after two cycles of Head Cleaning B from the printer menu Replace both Printheads, one at a time.

???If the Display Screen indicates Open top cover and replace the left printhead.

Replace the left Printhead.

???If the Display Screen indicates Open top cover and replace the right printhead.

Replace the right Printhead.

???If your Canon dealer has advised you to replace the Printhead Replace the Printhead that your dealer advised you to replace.

Compatible Printhead

For information on the compatible Printhead, see ???Printhead???. (???P.622)

Precautions when handling the Printhead

Take the following precautions when handling the Printhead.

Caution

???For safety, keep the Printhead in a place inaccessible for children.

???If ink is accidentally ingested, contact a physician immediately.

???Do not touch the Printhead immediately after printing. The Printhead becomes extremely hot, and there is a risk of burns.

Important

???Avoid dropping or shaking the Printhead. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.

???There may be ink around the nozzles of the Printhead you remove. Handle the Printhead carefully during replacement. The ink may stain clothing.

???Do not open the Printhead pouch until immediately before installation. After removing the Printhead from the pouch, install it right away. If the Printhead is left after the pouch is opened, the nozzles may dry out, which may affect printing quality.

???If you need to store a Printhead temporarily before installation, do not keep the nozzles and metal contacts (???P.629) facing down. If the nozzles or metal contacts are damaged, it may affect the printing quality.

???Never attempt to take apart or modify a Printhead. This may damage the printer.

???Never touch the Printhead nozzles or the metal contacts. This may cause printing problems.

Maintenance 625

Printheads

Replacing the Printhead

Follow the steps below to replace the Printhead. Failure to follow this procedure may cause ink leak from the Printhead, which may cause stains.

Note

???Prepare a new Ink Tank when ink levels are low.

???Your hands may become dirty during Printhead replacement. Use the gloves provided with the new Printhead for replacement.

???Choose On in Auto Print to have the printer automatically adjust the Printhead alignment after replacement of the Printhead. (???P.49)

1.If the roll is not ejected because of the cutting method selected, cut it manually and remove it. (???P.421)

2.Clean inside the Top Cover. (???P.640)

3.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Maintenance, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Replace P.head, and then press the ??? button.

6. Press ??? or ??? to select the Printhead for replacement, and then press the ??? button.

7. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button.

Select Printhead L to replace the Printhead L or select Printhead R to replace the Printhead R. Be sure to specify the correct printhead.

Ink is now ???lled.

After about three minutes, a message is shown on the Display Screen instructing you to open the Top Cover.

8. Open the Top Cover.

Instructions are now shown on the Display Screen regarding Printhead replacement.

626 Maintenance

Printheads

13. Holding the new Printhead by the grips (a), remove it from the case.

Important

???When handling the Printhead, always hold it by the grips (a). Never touch the nozzles (b) or the metal contacts (c). This may damage the Printhead and affect printing quality.

14. While ???rmly holding the Printhead you have removed, use your other hand to remove the orange Safety Cap 1 (a). Squeeze the grips (c) of Safety Cap 2 (b) and pull it down to remove it.

Important

???Safety Cap 1 (a) may be coated with ink to protect the Printhead. Be careful not to touch areas other than the grips.

???Never touch the ink supply section (d). This may cause printing problems.

???The inside surface of Safety Cap 2 (b) is coated with ink to protect the nozzles. Handle it carefully to avoid touching the nozzles or spilling ink. Spilled ink may cause stains. The Printhead contains ink to protect the nozzles. If this ink is accidentally spilled, it may stain the printer or surrounding area. We recommend removing the Safety Cap 2 (b) on top of the Printhead package or safely out of the way. Wipe off any spilled ink with a dry cloth. This ink is non-toxic.

???Do not reattach the Safety Cap or protective material. Dispose of these materials in accordance with local regulations.

Maintenance 629

Printheads

18. Close the Top Cover.

Ink now ???lls the system.

After about ten minutes, the Printhead alignment will be automatically adjusted, and the printer will go online.

If no paper has been loaded, a message is displayed requesting you to load paper.

Important

???Never remove an Ink Tank while the system is ???lling with ink.

???If Auto Print is Off in the printer menu, the Printhead alignment will not be adjusted. In this case, adjust the alignment after Printhead replacement by accessing Auto Head Adj. in Advanced Adj. (???P.584)

Maintenance 631

Maintenance Cartridge

This is a replacement Maintenance Cartridge for the printer.

??? Maintenance Cartridge MC-16

Note

???For instructions on replacing the Maintenance Cartridge, see ???Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge???. (???P.632)

Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge

Compatible Maintenance Cartridge

For information on the compatible Maintenance Cartridge, see ???Maintenance Cartridge???. (???P.632)

Precautions when handling the Maintenance Cartridge

Take the following precautions when handling the Maintenance Cartridge.

Caution

???For safety, keep the Maintenance Cartridge out of the reach of children.

???If ink is accidentally ingested, contact a physician immediately.

Important

???Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge except to replace it.

???To prevent ink from leaking from a used Maintenance Cartridge, avoid dropping the cartridge or storing it at an angle. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.

???Ink adheres to the top of the Maintenance Cartridge after it has been used. Handle the Maintenance Cartridge carefully during replacement. The ink may stain clothing.

???Do not install a used Maintenance Cartridge in another printer.

632 Maintenance

Maintenance Cartridge

Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge

1. Make sure no print jobs are in progress.

You can replace the Maintenance Cartridge if the Display Screen indicates the printer is Of???ine or if messages advise you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge.

If a message prompts you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge, press the OK button. Steps 2 and 3 are unnecessary in this case. Go to step 4 and remove the Maintenance Cartridge.

Do not replace the Maintenance Cartridge during initialization immediately after turning on the printer, during Printhead cleaning, or while ink is being ???lled.

If you pause printing to replace the Maintenance Cartridge, it may cause the printed images to be blurry.

2. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Maintenance, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Repl. maint cart, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button.

6. Remove the Ejection Guide.

Maintenance 633

Maintenance Cartridge

7. Hold the handle (a) of the used Maintenance Cartridge and pull out the cartridge. Grasp the handles on both sides (b) and keep the cartridge level as you remove it.

Important

???Used Maintenance Cartridge is heavy. Always grasp the cartridge handles on both sides ???rmly and keep the cartridge level during removal and storage. If you drop a used Maintenance Cartridge or store it at an angle, ink may leak and cause stains.

???The remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is recorded on each printer. Do not install a used Maintenance Cartridge in another printer.

8.Open the plastic bag of the new Maintenance Cartridge and remove the packaging material. Holding the handles on both sides (a), remove the cartridge.

Important

??? Never touch the metal contacts (a). This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge.

634 Maintenance

Maintenance Cartridge

9. Keeping the used Maintenance Cartridge level, put it in the plastic bag that was in the box, as shown.

10. Expel air in the plastic bag and seal the zipper. Fold the plastic bag in half.

11. Put the used Maintenance Cartridge and packaging material in the box for storage, just like the new Maintenance Cartridge was, keeping it level.

Important

???Always put the used Maintenance Cartridge back in the box and store the box on a ???at surface. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.

???In accordance with its active and ongoing policy to protect the environment, Canon collects used Maintenance Cartridge. Follow the instructions provided with the new Maintenance Cartridge that describe how to process the used Maintenance Cartridge.

Maintenance 635

Maintenance Cartridge

12. Holding the handles on both sides of the new Maintenance Cartridge (a), insert it completely, keeping it level.

13. Hold the Ejection Guide on both sides by the near end. Aligning the Ejection Guide with the guides (a), insert it into the printer until it locks in place.

14. Press the OK button.

The printer returns to the mode before replacement of the Maintenance Cartridge. If a message is displayed advising you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge, printing is not possible. Make sure that the Maintenance Cartridge is installed correctly.

If a print job was in progress when the Maintenance Cartridge was replaced, printing is resumed.

Important

???Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge during about the ???rst ???ve seconds after the printer goes back online. This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge.

???If you replace the Maintenance Cartridge when the printer is off, do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge during about the ???rst ???ve seconds after you turn the printer on again after replacement. This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge.

636 Maintenance

Maintenance Cartridge

Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge Capacity

The Maintenance Cartridge absorbs excess ink from borderless printing, printhead cleaning, and other processes. You can con???rm the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge by checking the Maintenance Cartridge capacity shown on the Display Screen.

Press the Information button to display the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge on the Display Screen.

If the Display Screen indicates to replace the Maintenance Cartridge, replace the Maintenance Cartridge. If a message is displayed indicating to check the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge, or before tasks that deplete much of the capacity such as head cleaning or preparations to move the printer, check the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and replace the Maintenance Cartridge as needed. (???P.632)

Maintenance 637

Maintenance Cartridge

When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge

Replace or prepare to replace the Maintenance Cartridge in the following situations.

If a message for checking the Maintenance Cartridge is shown on the Display Screen

When the Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low, the Message lamp is lit and Prepare for maint cart replacement. is displayed. You can continue to print, but check the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and prepare to replace the Maintenance Cartridge with a new one. (???P.637)

When much of the Maintenance Cartridge capacity is depleted

Printhead cleaning, Printhead replacement, and preparations to transfer the printer deplete much of the Maintenance Cartridge capacity. (In particular, preparing to move the printer depletes a lot of the capacity.) To check the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity, press the Information button. Replace the Maintenance Cartridge and perform related maintenance as needed.

If a message for the Maintenance Cartridge replacement is shown on the Display Screen

When the Maintenance Cartridge is full, the Message lamp ???ashes and a message to replace the Maintenance Cartridge is shown on the Display Screen. Printing is disabled, and you cannot replace the Printhead or transfer the printer. Replace the Maintenance Cartridge with a new one.

638 Maintenance

Cleaning the Printer

Cleaning the Printer Exterior

Clean the printer regularly to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems.

About once a month, clean the printer exterior.

1. Turn the printer off. (???P.19)

2. Unplug the power cord from the outlet.

Caution

???Always turn off the printer and unplug the power cord before cleaning or maintenance. Accidentally leaving the printer on poses a risk of injury if you touch moving parts inside the printer.

3.Using a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely, wipe the exterior surfaces of the printer. Dry the surfaces with a dry cloth.

Caution

???Never use ???ammable solvents such as alcohol, benzene, or thinner. If these substances come into contact with electrical components inside the printer, there is a risk of ???re or electrical shock.

Important

???If the Ejection Guide is dirty, it may soil the edge of the paper when the paper is cut. We recommend cleaning the Ejection Guide even if it does not appear dirty, because it may actually be covered with paper dust.

4.Plug the power cord into the outlet.

Maintenance 639

Cleaning the Printer

Cleaning Inside the Top Cover

Clean inside the Top Cover about once a month to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems. Also clean inside the Top Cover in the following situations to ensure optimal operation.

???If the printed surface or the underside of paper is dirty after printing

???After you have used up a roll

???After borderless printing

???After printing on small paper

???After printing on paper that generates a lot of cutting debris

???If you have replaced the roll

???After printing on paper that generates a lot of paper dust

Important

???If the Platen inside the Top Cover becomes dirty, it may soil the underside of paper. We recommend always cleaning the Platen after borderless printing or printing on small paper.

1.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Maintenance, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Clean Platen, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button.

5. Open the Top Cover.

640 Maintenance

Cleaning the Printer

Cleaning the Paper Retainer

Clean the Paper Retainer about once a month to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems. Also clean the Paper Retainer in the following situations to ensure the printer offers a comfortable working environment.

???If the printed surface or the underside of paper is dirty after printing

???After printing on small paper

Caution

???During cleaning, use a type of paper that does not generate much dust from cutting, such as Plain Paper. It may affect printing quality if you use ???lm or other media that are more likely to generate debris when cut, or that have a surface ???nish that may come off.

1.Turn the printer off. (???P.19)

2.Unplug the power cord from the outlet.

Caution

???Always turn off the printer and unplug the power cord before cleaning and maintenance. Accidentally leaving the printer on poses a risk of injury if you touch moving parts inside the printer.

3.Remove the Roll Feed Unit. (???P.147)

4.Fold a sheet of Plain Paper two or three times (a) and insert it under the Paper Retainer (b) behind the printer to wipe the entire surface of the Paper Retainer clean.

Reinstall the Roll Feed Unit. (???P.148)

Plug the power cord into the outlet.

Maintenance 643

Cleaning the Printer

Cleaning Spurs Used in Paper Feeding

If white dots about 1 mm (0.039 in) apart appear on printed documents in the direction paper is fed, clean the spurs.

During spur cleaning, a Cleaning sheet fed from the Top Paper Feed Slot is repeatedly advanced and retracted to clean the spurs (a).

Note

???Use the provided Cleaning sheet for spur cleaning.

???If the spurs are quite soiled, executing cleaning once may not be enough to clean them completely. Execute cleaning again if one time is not effective.

???If a roll is loaded, rewind the roll before this procedure. (???P.146)

Important

???Do not fold the Cleaning sheet.

???Do not use a frayed Cleaning sheet or Cleaning sheet that has become very dirty.

???If the Cleaning sheet is warped, straighten it before use.

???To cancel cleaning, press the Stop button.

1.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Maintenance, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Spur Cleaning, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button.

644 Maintenance

Cleaning the Printer

Open the Paper Tray Cover (a).

Squeeze the Width Guide (a) and slide it all the way to the left.

7. Remove the Cleaning sheet from the pouch.

The pouch is used to store the Cleaning Sheet, so keep it in a safe place.

8. Insert the long side of the Cleaning sheet in the Top Paper Feed Slot in the position to be cleaned. Insert the Cleaning sheet gently until it stops.

Maintenance 645

Cleaning the Printer

Note

???If the width of the paper used when soiling occurred is wider than the Cleaning sheet, insert the sheet in different positions as you perform cleaning.

10.

Press the OK button to start cleaning.

Cleaning takes about a minute and a half.

Pull out the cleaning sheet and press OK. is shown on the Control Panel. At this point, pull

out the Cleaning sheet and press the OK button.

11. Put the Cleaning Sheet back in the pouch.

12. Close the Paper Tray Cover (a).

646 Maintenance

Cleaning the Printer

Cleaning the Printhead

Cleaning the Printhead may help clear nozzles that are clogged.

Note

???You can specify a number of pages in the printer???s Noz. Check Freq. menu for automatic nozzle checking and cleaning every time you ???nish printing that quantity. (???P.49)

???You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more.

???Printhead cleaning is not possible if POP Board (1.5 mm [0.06 in] thick) is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot. Remove the paper before cleaning.

Cleaning the Printhead

1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Head Cleaning, and then press the ??? button.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select the type of cleaning, and then press the OK button.

???Head Cleaning A

Use Head Cleaning A if printing is faint or contains foreign substances. This method of cleaning consumes the least amount of ink. It takes about four minutes to complete.

???Head Cleaning B

Use Head Cleaning B if no ink comes out of the printhead, or if Head Cleaning A does not solve the problem. It takes about ???ve minutes to complete.

The printhead is cleaned, and the printer goes online.

4. Print a test pattern to check the nozzles, and determine whether cleaning has cleared the nozzles. (???P.623)

Note

Caution

??? Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge or Ink Tanks during cleaning.

Maintenance 647

Other Maintenance

Preparing to Transfer the Printer

To protect the internal parts in transit, always follow the steps below before transferring the printer to a new location. Refer to the Quick Start Guide for details on packing the printer and installing it after transfer.

Note

???It is not possible to prepare the printer for transfer if the Display Screen prompts you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge or check the remaining capacity. Replace the Maintenance Cartridge before transfer preparations. (???P.632)

???Do not tilt the printer in transit. Ink inside the printer may leak and cause stains. If it is necessary to stand the printer up or tilt it, contact your Canon dealer.

1.Remove the paper.

???Rolls

1.Removing Rolls from the Roll Feed Unit (???P.122)

2.Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder (???P.118)

???Sheet

1.Removing Sheets from the Top Paper Feed Slot (???P.164)

2.Removing Heavyweight Paper from the Front Paper Feed Slot (???P.165)

2.Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Maintenance, and then press the ??? button.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Move Printer, and then press the ??? button.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Yes, and then press the OK button. The printer now starts preparing for transfer.

If a message is shown on the Display Screen requesting you to open the Ink Tank Cover, follow the procedure starting with step 6.

6. Open the Ink Tank Cover.

648 Maintenance

Other Maintenance

7. Open the Ink Tank Lock Lever and remove every Ink Tank.

Put the Ink Tank in a plastic bag and seal it.

Note

???Store the Ink Tank you removed with the ink holes (a) facing up. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.

8. Close every Ink Tank Lock Lever, and close the Ink Tank Cover.

At this point, ink is drawn out from inside the tubes.

Important

??? Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge during this process.

When the suction is ???nished, Turn Power Off!! is displayed.

Maintenance 649

Other Maintenance

9. Press the Power button and turn off the printer.

Important

???Turn off the printer before you unplug it. It may damage the printer if you unplug it before it is off and transfer it in that state. If you accidentally unplug the printer, plug it in again, reinstall the Ink Tanks, wait until the printer comes online, and follow this procedure again.

10.Disconnect the power cord and interface cable.

11.Open the Top Cover.

12. Grasp the Belt, insert it between the Belt Stopper, and af???x the Belt Stopper to the Carriage Shaft.

650 Maintenance

Other Maintenance

Important

??? Never touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).

Note

???Here, the Belt Stopper is the one that was removed and stored after initial installation.

13.Close the Top Cover.

14. Tape down printer covers to secure them, in the reverse order of tape removal during installation.

15. Repack the Roll Holder, Holder Stopper, and printer in shipping materials, and then package them in a shipping box.

Maintenance 651

Other Maintenance

Updating the Firmware

Update the printer ???rmware to take advantage of new and improved printer functions.

Con???rming the ???rmware version

1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Information, and then press ???.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select System Info, and then press the ??? button. The ???rmware version is displayed.

Updating the ???rmware

To obtain the latest ???rmware, visit the Canon website. If the ???rmware available online is newer than the installed ???rmware, update the printer ???rmware. For details on downloading and updating the ???rmware, visit the Canon website.

652 Maintenance

Cannot print over a network

Con???guring the Communication Mode Manually

This topic gives instructions for con???guring the communication mode manually.

1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.

2. Press ??? or ??? to select Interface Setup, and then press ???.

3. Press ??? or ??? to select Ethernet Driver, and then press ???.

4. Press ??? or ??? to select Auto Detect, and then press ???.

5. Press ??? or ??? to select Off, and then press OK. Return to the Ethernet Driver menu.

6. Press ??? or ??? to select Comm.Mode, and then press ???.

7. Press ??? or ??? to select the communication mode, and then press the OK button. Return to the Ethernet Driver menu.

8. Press ??? or ??? to select Ethernet Type, and then press ???.

9. Press ??? or ??? to select the Ethernet type, and then press OK. Return to the Ethernet Driver menu.

10. Press ??? or ??? to select Spanning Tree, and then press ???.

11. Press ??? or ??? to enable or disable spanning tree support, and then press OK. Return to the Ethernet Driver menu.

12. Press the Online button.

After the con???rmation message is displayed, press OK.

The printer will now restart.

658 Troubleshooting

Installation problems

The IEEE 1394 Driver Cannot Be Installed Correctly

In Windows, the device interface driver may not be installed correctly in some cases if you connected the IEEE 1394 cable before installing the printer driver.

If so, reinstall the IEEE 1394 device interface driver and the printer driver as follows.

Important

???This procedure is based on an example for Windows XP. The name of the wizard may be different in other operating systems.

1.Right-click My Computer and choose Properties to display the System Properties window.

2.On the Hardware sheet, click Device Manager to display the Device Manager window.

3.Right-click Other Devices icon and choose Properties.

4.On the Driver sheet, click Update Driver to start the Hardware Update Wizard (or the Upgrade Device Driver Wizard.)

5.Follow the instructions on the screen.

6.When the window is displayed to choose the source for driver installation, select the CD-ROM drive. Insert the User Software CD-ROM provided with the printer and follow the instructions on the screen.

The device/interface driver is installed.

The device is detected, and the New Hardware Wizard (or Add New Hardware Wizard ) is started.

7.Follow the instructions on the screen.

8.When the window is displayed to choose the source for driver installation, select the printer driver folder.

Choose the CD-ROM drive > Driver > WinXP_2K > Driver, and click OK. (For Windows 2000/Windows XP/Windows Server 2003)

9.Follow the instructions on the screen. The printer driver is installed.

672 Troubleshooting

Installation problems

Removing Installed Printer Drivers

Follow the steps below to remove installed printer drivers and utilities.

Removing printer drivers (Windows)

Remove the printer driver as follows.

Note

???In Windows 2000/Windows XP/Windows Server 2003/Windows Vista, you must log on with administrative rights such as ???Administrator??? account.

1.From the Windows start menu, select Programs > Canon Printer Uninstaller > imagePROGRAF Printer Driver Uninstaller to display the Delete Printer window.

2.Select the printer in the list and click Delete.

3.Click Yes in the Warning message dialog box.

4.Make sure that the printer has been removed from the list, and click Exit.

Removing Printer Drivers and imagePROGRAF Printmonitor (Macintosh)

Remove the printer driver or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor as follows.

1. Insert the User Software CD-ROM provided with the printer in the CD-ROM drive.

2. Start the printer driver installer included in the User Software CD-ROM. For Mac OS X, open OS X and double-click iPF Driver Installer X. For Mac OS 9, open OS 9 and double-click iPF Driver Installer 9.

3. In the upper-left menu, choose Uninstall, and click Uninstall.

4. Follow the instructions on the screen to remove the printer driver or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor.

Removing imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (Windows)

Remove imagePROGRAF Status Monitor as follows.

From the Windows start menu, select Programs > imagePROGRAF Status Monitor >

Uninstaller (imagePROGRAF Status Monitor) to start the wizard.

In the wizard window, click Delete, and then click Next.

Follow the instructions on the screen to remove imagePROGRAF Status Monitor.

Removing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility (Windows)

Remove imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility as follows.

1. From the Windows start menu, select Programs > imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility >

Uninstaller (imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility) to start the wizard.

2. In the wizard window, click Delete, and then click Next.

3. Follow the instructions on the screen to remove imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.

Troubleshooting 673

Clearing jammed paper

Clearing Jammed Roll Paper

If paper from a roll becomes jammed, Paper jam. is shown on the Display Screen of the Control Panel. Remove the jammed paper as follows.

Note

???For instructions on removing a paper jam from a roll if the scrap of paper remains in the Paper Feed Slot, see ???Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)???. (???P.142)

1.Open the Roll Paper Unit Cover. Use a store-bought cutter or the like to cut the paper of the loaded roll.

Caution

???When cutting paper, be careful to avoid scratching the printer.

2.Press Load/Eject button.

674 Troubleshooting

Clearing jammed paper

3. Remove the jammed paper.

???If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover

1.Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side.

2.Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

3.Close the Top Cover.

Important

??? Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).

Troubleshooting 675

Clearing jammed paper

???If paper from a roll is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot

1.Open the Roll Paper Unit Cover.

2.Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer. If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot (???P.677), remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam.

???If the paper is jammed by the Ejection Guide Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

4. Press OK.

676 Troubleshooting

Clearing jammed paper

Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)

Follow these steps to remove any scraps left in the Paper Feed Slot after you clear jammed sheets or roll paper.

1. Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the Cut Sheet lamp.

2. Press the Load/Eject button.

A screen is displayed for paper type selection.

3. Select POP Board and press the OK button. A screen is displayed for paper size selection.

4. Select the desired size and press the OK button.

Instructions for feeding POP Board are shown on the Control Panel, but instead of following them, follow this procedure to remove the jammed paper.

5. Open the Top Cover.

6. Fold an A4 sheet lengthwise four times and insert it through the gap of the Back Cover. Push the scrap out toward the Platen.

7. Remove the scrap when it is pushed out onto the Platen.

8. If any scraps remain inside the Paper Feed Slot, repeat steps 6 and 7.

9. Close the Top Cover.

10. Turn the printer off. (???P.19)

678 Troubleshooting

Clearing jammed paper

Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray

If a sheet loaded manually becomes jammed, Paper jam. is shown on the Display Screen of the Control Panel. Remove the jammed paper as follows.

1. Press Load/Eject.

2. Remove the jammed paper.

???If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover

1.Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side manually.

2.Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

3.Close the Top Cover.

Troubleshooting 679

Clearing jammed paper

Important

??? Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).

???If paper is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot of the Top Paper Feed Slot Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer. If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot (???P.681), remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam.

???If the paper is jammed by the Ejection Guide Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

680 Troubleshooting

Clearing jammed paper

???If paper is jammed in the back of the printer Remove the jammed paper from the back.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

3. Press OK button.

If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot, remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam as follows.

1. Turn off the printer and remove the Roll Feed Unit from the printer. (???P.147)

2. Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

3. Install the Roll Feed Unit on the printer again. (???P.148)

Troubleshooting 681

If the Printer makes a strange sound

If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound

The following sounds do not indicate a problem with the printer.

???There is a sound of vacuum from the Platen

To prevent paper from rising, paper is held against the Platen by suction from Vacuum holes under it.

???Roll paper makes a ???uttering sound during printing

There may be a ???uttering sound when large paper is advanced.

???If you suddenly hear the tone for cleaning operations

At regular intervals, for printer maintenance, cleaning operations will begin automatically, even if the printer is in Sleep mode.

In other cases, contact your Canon dealer.

682 Troubleshooting